S-4/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2006

Registration No. 333-13019422

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 2

to

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

DYCOM INVESTMENTS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	1623	30-0128712
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101

Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33408

(561) 627-7171

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Richard B. Vilsoet

Secretary

Dycom Investments, Inc.

11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101

Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33408

(561) 627-7171

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

Thomas J. Friedmann

Shearman & Sterling LLP

801 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004-2604

(202) 508-8000

      Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

      If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

      If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

      The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

			Primary
	State or Other		Standard
	Jurisdiction of	I.R.S. Employer	Industrial
	Incorporation	Identification	Classification
Name*	or Organization	Number	Code	Principal Executive Office
Ansco & Associates, LLC	Delaware	22-3882751	1623	207 South Westgate Drive, Suite E Greensboro, NC 27407 (336) 852-3433
Apex Digital, LLC	Delaware	22-3882756	1623	450 Pryor Boulevard Sturgis, KY 42459 (270) 333-3366
C-2 Utility Contractors, LLC	Delaware	14-1859234	1623	33005 Roberts Court Coburg, OR 97408 (541) 741-2211
CableCom, LLC	Delaware	14-1859237	1623	8602 Maltby Road Woodinville, WA 98072 (360) 668-1300
Can-Am Communications, Inc.	Delaware	02-0413153	1623	250 Fischer Avenue Costa Mesa, CA 92626 (714) 966-8500
Communications Construction Group, LLC	Delaware	22-3882744	1623	P.O. Box 561 OR 235 East Gay Street West Chester, PA 19380 (610) 696-1800
Dycom Capital Management, Inc.	Delaware	61-1431611	1623	11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 (561) 627-7171
Dycom Identity, LLC	Delaware	01-0775293	1623	11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 (561) 627-7171
Dycom Industries, Inc.	Florida	59-1277135	1623	11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 (561) 627-7171
Ervin Cable Construction, LLC	Delaware	22-3882749	1623	450 Pryor Boulevard Sturgis, KY 42459 (270) 333-3366
Globe Communications, LLC	North Carolina	14-1859226	1623	115 Surfrider Blvd., Bldg. B, Suite 3 Longs, SC 29568 (843) 390-5544
Installation Technicians, LLC	Florida	22-3882752	1623	6621 Asheville Hwy Knoxville, TN 37924 (800) 426-5382
Ivy H. Smith Company, LLC	Delaware	22-3882755	1623	207 South Westgate Drive, Suite E Greensboro, NC 27407 (336) 852-3433

			Primary
	State or Other		Standard
	Jurisdiction of	I.R.S. Employer	Industrial
	Incorporation	Identification	Classification
Name*	or Organization	Number	Code	Principal Executive Office
Lamberts Cable Splicing Company, LLC	Delaware	05-0542669	1623	2521 South Wesleyan Boulevard Rocky Mount, NC 27803 (252) 442-9777
Locating, Inc.	Washington	91-1238745	1623	165 N.E. Juniper, Suite 200 Issaquah, WA 98027 (425) 392-6412
Nichols Construction, LLC	Delaware	05-0542659	1623	Route 627, Dry Fork Road P.O. Box 1179 Vansant, VA 24656 (276) 597-7441
Niels Fugal Sons Company, LLC	Delaware	05-0542654	1623	1005 South Main Pleasant Grove, UT 84062 (801) 785-3152
Point to Point Communications, Inc.	Louisiana	72-0968130	1623	107 Nolan Road Broussard, LA 70518 (337) 837-0090
Precision Valley Communications of Vermont, LLC	Delaware	81-0581053	1623	333 River Street Springfield, VT 05156 (800) 773-0317
Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc.	Delaware	23-2989617	1623	34 Belvins Drive, Suite 5 New Castle, DE 19720
RJE Telecom, LLC	Delaware	57-1209651	1623	7290 College Parkway, Suite 200 Ft. Myers, FL 33907 (239) 454-1944
Schenck Communications Limited Partnership	Alaska	52-2275909	1623	8602 Maltby Road Woodinville, WA 98072 (360) 668-1300
Star Construction, LLC	Delaware	14-1856794	1623	6621 Asheville Highway Knoxville, TN 37924 (865) 521-6795
Stevens Communications, LLC	Delaware	05-0542662	1623	995 Cripple Creek Drive Lawrenceville, GA 30043 (800) 367-6606
S.T.S., LLC	Tennessee	48-1287356	1623	500 Northridge Road, Suite 300 Atlanta, GA 30350 (877) 461-3901
TCS Communications, LLC	Delaware	14-1856793	1623	7800 E. Orchard Road, Suite 280 Greenwood Village, CO 80111 (303) 377-3800

			Primary
	State or Other		Standard
	Jurisdiction of	I.R.S. Employer	Industrial
	Incorporation	Identification	Classification
Name*	or Organization	Number	Code	Principal Executive Office
Tesinc, LLC	Delaware	14-1856791	1623	6401 Harney Road, Suite A Tampa, FL 33610 (813) 623-1233
Underground Specialties, LLC	Delaware	14-1856787	1623	16000 Mill Creek Blvd., Suite 210 Mill Creek, WA 98012 (425) 356-2621
US Communications Contractors, LLC	Delaware	14-1856786	1623	4308 Carlisle Boulevard, NE, Suite 120 Albuquerque, NM 87107 (505) 344-2351
UtiliQuest, LLC	Georgia	58-2379970	1623	500 Northridge Road Atlanta, GA 30350 (678) 461-3900
White Mountain Cable Construction, LLC	Delaware	14-1856798	1623	2113 Dover Road Epsom, NH 03234 (800) 233-7350

*  The name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the agent for service for each additional registrant is Richard B. Vilsoet, Secretary, Dycom Investments, Inc., 11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33408, (561) 627-7171.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED FEBRUARY 10, 2006

Offer to Exchange

all outstanding

8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount outstanding)

for

8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

which have been registered under the Securities Act

of

Dycom Investments, Inc.

Guaranteed on a Senior Subordinated basis By

Dycom Industries, Inc.

and Certain of its Subsidiaries

       Dycom Investments, Inc., or the issuer, hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, which together constitute the exchange offer, to exchange $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its new 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, or the new notes, for $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, or the old notes and, collectively with the new notes, the notes.

The Exchange Offer

•  The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2006, unless extended.

•  All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.

•  Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the date of expiration of the exchange offer.

•  The exchange of notes will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

•  The issuer will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

The New Notes

•  The terms of the new notes to be issued are identical in all material respects to the outstanding old notes, except for the transfer restrictions and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes.

•  The new notes will be the issuer’s unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of its existing and future senior indebtedness. The new notes will rank equally with the issuer’s existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness and senior to all of its existing and future indebtedness expressly subordinated to the new notes. Dycom Industries, Inc. and its existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee any credit facility of Dycom Industries, Inc. will also guarantee the new notes on an unsecured senior subordinated basis. The new notes and the guarantees will also be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the issuer and the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

•  No public market exists for the old notes or the new notes. The issuer does not intend to apply for listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for them to be quoted on any quotation system.

       See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a discussion of matters that should be considered in connection with the exchange offer.

       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2006.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus important business and financial information that is not included in or delivered with the prospectus. This information is available without charge to security holders upon written or oral request. Requests should be directed to:

Dycom Industries, Inc.

11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101

Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33408

(561) 627-7171

Attn: Investor Relations

      In order to ensure timely delivery of documents, security holders must request this information no later than five business days before the date they must make their investment decision. Accordingly, any request for documents should be made by                     , 2006 to ensure timely delivery of the documents prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
SUMMARY		1
RISK FACTORS		8
USE OF PROCEEDS		15
CAPITALIZATION		16
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION		17
THE EXCHANGE OFFER		19
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS		24
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES		25
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS		70
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		73
LEGAL MATTERS		74
EXPERTS		74
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		74
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE		75
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1
Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Bylaws of Prince Telecom
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
Letter of Transmittal
Letter to Clients

      Each holder of old notes wishing to accept this exchange offer must deliver the old notes to be exchanged, together with the letter of transmittal that accompanies this prospectus and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent identified in this prospectus. Alternatively, you may effect a tender of old notes by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. All deliveries are at the risk of the holder. You can find detailed instructions concerning delivery in the section called “The Exchange Offer” in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.

      If you are a broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to this exchange offer in exchange for old notes acquired for your own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. If you are a broker-dealer that acquired old notes directly from the issuer, you will not be able to participate in the exchange offer. For more information, see the section called “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus.

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. You should assume that the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or the date of the document incorporated by them. We are not making an offer of exchange in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus including any documents incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference contains “forward-looking statements,” which are statements relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, and competitive environment. Words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

      You should not read forward-looking statements as a guarantee of future performance or results. They will not necessarily be accurate indications of whether or at what time such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief at that time with respect to future events. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include:

•  economic conditions in the telecommunications industry and in the economy generally;

•  the cyclical nature of the telecommunications industry;

•  our success in entering into, renewing or replacing our master service agreements;

•  technological and structural changes in the industries we serve;

•  our dependence on a limited number of customers;

•  competitive pressures in our industry;

•  fixed prices under our master service agreements limiting our ability to pass on any increase in our costs;

•  collectibility of accounts receivable and cost and estimated earnings in excess of billing;

•  our reliance to a significant extent on self-insurance for our operations;

•  changes in our management;

•  our ability to integrate acquisitions;

•  uncertainty regarding the revenue to be recognized under our master service agreements and other long-term agreements;

•  goodwill impairment charges;

•  changes in the capital expenditure budgets of our customers;

•  restrictions imposed by our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the notes;

•  the use of our cash flow to service our debt;

and other factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” in our Form 10-K for fiscal year 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Incorporation by Reference.”

      Our forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. We make these forward-looking statements only as of the date of this prospectus, and we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect new information, subsequent events or otherwise.

ii

SUMMARY

      The following is a summary of the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and the additional information, including the financial statements and related notes, included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before making a decision to participate in this exchange offer. See “Incorporation by Reference.” In this prospectus, except as otherwise indicated, “Dycom,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Dycom Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “Holdings” refer only to Dycom Industries, Inc. and references to the “issuer” refer only to Dycom Investments, Inc. References to “fiscal year” refer to the 12-month period ending on the last Saturday in July of the applicable year.

The Exchange Offer

      On October 11, 2005, we completed the private offering of $150 million of 8¹/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015. Concurrently, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in the private offering in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to complete the exchange offer within 30 business days of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In the exchange offer, you are entitled to exchange your outstanding old notes for new notes with substantially identical terms that have been registered under the Securities Act. You should read the discussion under the heading “Description of the New Notes” for further information regarding the new notes.

      We believe that the new notes issued in the exchange offer may be resold by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions. You should read the discussion under the heading “The Exchange Offer” for further information regarding the exchange offer.

      The issuer is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Dycom Industries, Inc. The issuer is an intermediate holding company having no operations and no significant assets other than the capital stock of the operating subsidiaries of Dycom Industries, Inc.

The Company

      We are a leading provider of specialty contracting services. These services are provided throughout the United States and include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric utilities and others. For the fiscal year ended July 30, 2005, specialty contracting services related to the telecommunications industry, underground utility locating, and electric and other construction and maintenance to electric utilities and others contributed approximately 74.3%, 21.6%, and 4.1%, respectively, to our total revenues. For fiscal year 2005, we generated revenues of $986.6 million. For the fiscal 2006 first quarter ended October 29, 2005, specialty contracting services related to the telecommunications industry, underground utility locating, and electric and other construction and maintenance to electric utilities and others contributed approximately 70.6%, 22.2%, and 7.2%, respectively, to our total revenues. For the fiscal 2006 first quarter ended October 29, 2005, we generated revenues of $260.9 million.

      We have established relationships with many leading telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators, a direct broadcast satellite operator, and electric utilities, including Verizon Communications Inc. (“Verizon”), BellSouth Corporation (“BellSouth”), Comcast Cable Corporation (“Comcast”), Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint”), Qwest Communications International, Inc. (“Qwest”), Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”), DIRECTV Group, Inc. (“DIRECTV”), Alltel Corporation (“Alltel”), and Adelphia Communications Corporation (“Adelphia”). We are party to over 200 master service agreements. During fiscal 2005, approximately 88.8% of our total revenues were produced by multi-year master service agreements and other long-term agreements. During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, approximately 81.2% of our total revenues were produced by multi-year master service agreements and other long-term agreements.

1

Recent Developments

      On October 17, 2005, we accepted for purchase 8,763,451 shares of our common stock that were properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to a modified “Dutch Auction” tender offer, at a purchase price of $21.00 per share, for a total cost of approximately $184.0 million. The tender offer was financed with the proceeds of the issuance of the old notes, borrowings of $33.0 million from our senior credit facility and cash on hand.

      On December 19, 2005, we announced that we had acquired all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Prince”), for approximately $65.1 million in cash. Prince installs and maintains customer premise equipment, including set top boxes and cable modems, for leading cable multiple systems operators throughout the United States. Prince has guaranteed our senior credit facility and therefore, pursuant to the indenture for the notes, has guaranteed the notes on a senior subordinated basis.

      Our principal executive offices are located at 11770 US Highway 1, Suite 101, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33408, and our telephone number is (561) 627-7171. Our website is located at www.dycomind.com. The information on this website is not part of this prospectus.

2

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

      On October 11, 2005, the issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of unregistered 8¹/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015. These old notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Dycom and its existing subsidiaries that guarantee Dycom’s credit facility. The exchange offer relates to the exchange of up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of old notes for an equal aggregate principal amount of new notes. The new notes will be the issuer’s obligations entitled to the benefits of the indenture that also governs the old notes. The form and terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act, and therefore will not have restrictions on transfer or provisions relating to the payment of additional interest.

Registration rights agreement	You are entitled to exchange your notes for registered notes with terms that are identical in all material respects. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy these rights. After the exchange offer is complete, you will generally no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your notes.
The exchange offer	The issuer is offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 81/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 81/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015 which were issued on October 11, 2005 in a private offering. In order to be exchanged, an old note must be properly tendered and accepted. Subject to termination of the exchange offer, all old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus there are $150 million principal amount of old notes outstanding. The issuer will issue new notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.
Resale of the new notes	Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, we believe that you will be able to resell the new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:
	• you are acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course of your business;
	• you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the new notes issued to you in the exchange offer; and
	• you are not an “affiliate” of ours.
	If any of these conditions are not satisfied, (1) you will not be eligible to participate in the exchange offer, (2) you should not rely on the interpretations of the staff of the SEC in connection with the exchange offer and (3) you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, or an exemption from those requirements, in connection with the resale of your notes.
	If you are a broker-dealer and you will receive new notes in exchange for old notes that you acquired for your own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of the prospectus delivery obligations of broker-dealers in the exchange offer.

3

	In accordance with the conditions, if you are a broker-dealer that acquired the old notes directly from the issuer in the initial offering and not as a result of market-making activities, you will not be eligible to participate in the exchange offer.
Expiration date	The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time,                    , 2006, unless we decide to extend the expiration date.
Accrued interest on the new notes and the old notes	The new notes will bear interest from October 11, 2005. Holders of old notes whose notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment of interest on such old notes accrued from October 11, 2005 to the date of the issuance of the new notes. Consequently, holders who exchange their old notes for new notes will receive the same interest payment on April 15, 2006 (the first interest payment date with respect to the new notes to be issued in the exchange offer) that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.
Termination of the exchange offer	We may terminate the exchange offer if we determine that the exchange offer could be materially impaired due to any action or proceeding instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency, or that the exchange offer violates applicable law or any interpretation of the staff of the SEC of applicable law. We do not expect any of these conditions to occur, although we can offer no assurance that such conditions will not occur. Should we fail to consummate the exchange offer, holders of old notes will have the right under the registration rights agreement executed as part of the offering of the old notes to require us to file a shelf registration statement relating to the resale of the old notes.
Procedures for tendering old notes	If you are a holder of a note and you wish to tender your note for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to Wachovia Bank, National Association, as exchange agent, on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer:
	• either:

• a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

• a computer-generated message transmitted by means of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system, or ATOP, and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of book entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and

• a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your old notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Procedure for Tendering.”

By executing the letter of transmittal, or sending a message through ATOP, each holder will represent to us that: (1) the notes to be

4

	issued in the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such new notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (2) neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such new notes and (3) neither the holder nor any such other person is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of ours.
Special procedures for beneficial owners	If you are the beneficial owner of notes and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC because your notes are held by a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact such person in whose name your notes are held and instruct such person to tender on your behalf.
Withdrawal rights	You may withdraw the tender of your notes at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.
Acceptance of old notes and delivery of new notes	Subject to the conditions summarized above in “Termination of the Exchange Offer” and described more fully under “The Exchange Offer — Termination”, we will accept for exchange any and all outstanding old notes which are properly tendered in the exchange offer prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. The new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date.
Material U.S. federal income tax consequences	The exchange of the notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information.
Consequences of failure to exchange	If you are eligible to participate in this exchange offer and you do not tender your old notes as described in this prospectus, you will not have any further registration rights. In that case, your old notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. As a result of the restrictions on transfer and the availability of new notes, the old notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offer. The old notes will, after the exchange offer, bear interest at the same rate as the new notes.
Use of proceeds	The issuer will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer.
Exchange agent	Wachovia Bank, National Association, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The exchange agent can be reached at (704) 590-7413. For more information with respect to the exchange offer, the telephone number for the exchange agent is (704) 590-7413 and the facsimile number for the exchange agent is (704) 590-7628.

5

Summary Description of the New Notes

      The following is a brief summary of some of the terms of the new notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the new notes, see “Description of the New Notes” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Issuer	Dycom Investments, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Dycom Industries, Inc.
Notes offered	$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 81/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015.
Maturity	October 15, 2015.
Interest Payment Dates	April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2006.
Guarantees	Dycom Industries, Inc., our parent company, and its existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee any credit facility of Dycom Industries, Inc. will also guarantee the new notes on an unsecured senior subordinated basis. See “Description of the New Notes — Note Guarantees.”
Ranking	The new notes will be the issuer’s unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will:
	• rank junior to all of the issuer’s existing and future senior indebtedness;
	• rank equally with the issuer’s existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness, including any old notes that remain outstanding;
	• rank senior to all of the issuer’s existing and future indebtedness expressly subordinated to the new notes; and
	• be effectively subordinated to all of the issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
	Similarly, the guarantees of the new notes will:
	• rank junior to all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of the guarantors, which will include the obligations of Dycom Industries, Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors under its senior credit facility;
	• rank equally with the existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of such guarantors;
	• rank senior to all of the existing and future indebtedness of such guarantors expressly subordinated to the guarantees; and
	• be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured indebtedness of such guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
	As of October 29, 2005, in addition to outstanding indebtedness under the old notes, the issuer, Dycom Industries, Inc. and the other guarantors had approximately $82.2 million of senior debt outstanding, including $43.2 million face amount of letters of credit. In addition, we had approximately $223.8 million of unused commitments under our senior credit facility, of which approximately $149.8 million was available for borrowing and, if borrowed, would constitute senior debt. See “Description of the

6

	New Notes — Brief Description of the New Notes and the Note Guarantees.”
Optional Redemption	Before October 15, 2008, the issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings of Dycom Industries, Inc. at 108.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, if at least 65% of the originally issued aggregate principal amount of the new notes remains outstanding. See “Description of the New Notes — Optional Redemption.”
	In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2010, the issuer may redeem the new notes, in whole or in part, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus a “make-whole premium.” See “Description of the New Notes — Optional Redemption.”
	After October 15, 2010, the issuer may redeem some or all of the new notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the section “Description of the New Notes — Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Change of Control	Upon certain change of control events of Dycom Industries, Inc., each holder of new notes may require the issuer to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s new notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the purchase date. See “Description of the New Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”
Certain Covenants	The indenture governing the new notes will contain covenants that will limit the ability of Dycom Industries, Inc., and the ability of certain of Dycom Industries, Inc.’s subsidiaries, including those that guarantee the notes, to:
	• pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;
	• make investments;
	• incur indebtedness; and
	• consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of Dycom Industries, Inc.’s or the issuer’s assets.
	Some of these covenants will cease to be in effect if the new notes are rated “investment grade,” as defined in the indenture.
	These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under the heading “Description of the New Notes” in this prospectus.
Risk Factors	See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to tender your old notes in the exchange offer.

7

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus in connection with your investment in the new notes. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Relating to the New Notes

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

      We have a significant amount of indebtedness. On October 29, 2005, we had total outstanding indebtedness of $189.0 million, $43.2 million face amount of letters of credit outstanding, and $223.8 million of undrawn commitments under our senior credit facility. Also, after giving effect to the offering of old notes, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 3.6x, 5.7x, and 2.0x for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003, respectively. Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal 2006 first quarter ended October 29, 2005 was 13.3x.

      Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

•  make it more difficult for the issuer to satisfy its obligations with respect to the notes;

•  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

•  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

•  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and changes in the industries we serve and the industry in which we operate;

•  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

•  limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

      In addition, the indenture contains, and our senior credit facility contains, financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.

We and our subsidiaries have the ability to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our leverage.

      We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. At October 29, 2005, we had borrowing availability of $149.8 million under our senior credit facility based on the financial covenants of the senior credit facility, and all of those borrowings would rank senior to the notes and the guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

      Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the new notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

      We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our senior credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable

8

us to pay our indebtedness, including the new notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the new notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facility and the new notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Your right to receive payments on the new notes is junior to the issuer’s existing indebtedness and possibly all of its future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the new notes are junior to all of the guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.

      The new notes and the guarantees of the new notes rank behind all of the issuer’s and the guarantors’ existing indebtedness (other than trade payables and the old notes) and all of their future borrowings (other than trade payables), except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the new notes and the guarantees. As a result, upon any distribution to the issuer’s creditors or the creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the issuer or the guarantors or their property, the holders of the senior debt of the issuer and the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full and in cash before any payment may be made with respect to the notes or the guarantees.

      In addition, all payments on the new notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on senior debt. See “Description of the New Notes — Subordination.”

      In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the issuer or the guarantors, holders of the new notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of the issuer’s and the guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after the issuer and the guarantors have paid all of their senior debt. However, because the indenture requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior debt instead, holders of the new notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding.

      As of October 29, 2005, the new notes and the guarantees were subordinated to $39.0 million of senior debt and we had $223.8 million of undrawn commitments under our senior credit facility, of which approximately $149.8 million was available for borrowing. We will be permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms of the indenture.

The issuer is a holding company, and is dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries to distribute funds.

      The issuer is a holding company and is dependent on the earnings and the distribution of funds from its subsidiaries to make payments on the new notes. None of our subsidiaries is obligated to make funds available to the issuer for payment on the new notes. Furthermore, our subsidiaries will be permitted under the terms of the indenture to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to the issuer. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit our subsidiaries to provide the issuer with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund payments on these notes when due. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

Your right to receive payments on the new notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.

      Most of our subsidiaries will guarantee the new notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to the issuer.

      As of October 29, 2005, the new notes were effectively junior to $2.7 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables and excluding $3.2 million of intercompany indebtedness owed to guarantors of the notes) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated approximately 0.5% of our consolidated revenues in fiscal 2005 and held approximately 0.7% of our

9

consolidated assets as of July 30, 2005. See note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 0.0% of our consolidated revenues in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and held approximately 0.6% of our consolidated assets as of October 29, 2005.

The issuer may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture.

      Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, the issuer will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we and the issuer will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our senior credit facility will not allow such repurchases. If the issuer were unable to make the required repurchase of notes, it would constitute a default under the indenture. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indenture. See “Description of the New Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.

      Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

•  received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee; and

•  either:

•  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

•  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

•  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

      In addition, any payment by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

      The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

•  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

•  if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

•  it could not pay its debts as they become due.

If you do not tender your old notes in this exchange offer, your notes will remain subject to transfer restrictions.

      If you do not tender your old notes in this exchange offer, your notes will remain restricted securities and will be subject to transfer restrictions. As restricted securities, your old notes:

•  may be resold only if registered pursuant to the Securities Act, if an exemption from registration is available, or if neither such registration nor such exemption is required by law; and

10

•  will bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption from registration.

In addition, a holder of old notes who desires to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its old notes under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, if requested by us, must deliver to us an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to us, that such exemption is available.

The issuer will no longer have to comply with the principal restrictive covenants of the indenture governing the notes after the notes are rated investment grade.

      If the notes receive investment grade ratings by both Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and no default or event of default with respect to the notes has occurred and is continuing, then many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture will cease to apply (see “Description of the New Notes — Certain Covenants”) and holders of the notes will no longer be entitled to the benefit of such provisions. The elimination of these restrictive covenants in the indenture will, to the extent not otherwise restricted by other agreements governing indebtedness, permit the issuer and its subsidiaries, to, among other things, incur indebtedness, pay dividends, or make other restricted payments, incur liens or make investments, in each case which otherwise may not have been permitted pursuant to the indenture. As a result, we may be free to become more highly leveraged. It is possible that any such actions that would be permitted will increase the credit risk faced by the holders of the notes. These covenants will not apply even if the notes do not maintain their investment grade rating.

If an active trading market does not develop for the new notes you may not be able to resell them.

      There is no established trading market for the new notes, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the notes. If no active trading market develops, you may not be able to resell your notes at their fair market value or at all. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities. We do not intend to apply for listing of the new notes on any securities exchange, although we expect new notes to be eligible for trading on the Portal Market.

Risks Related to Our Business

Demand for our services is cyclical, dependent in large part on the telecommunications industry and could be adversely affected by an economic slowdown.

      Demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the U.S. economy. In fiscal 2005 and in the first fiscal quarter of 2006, our telecommunications customers accounted for 74.3% and 70.6% of our revenues, respectively. During fiscal 2001 through fiscal 2003, certain segments of the telecommunications industry suffered a severe downturn that resulted in a number of our customers experiencing financial difficulties. Several of our customers filed for bankruptcy protection, including Adelphia and WorldCom. Additional bankruptcies or financial difficulties of companies in the telecommunications sector could reduce our cash flows and adversely impact our liquidity and profitability. During times of economic slowdown, the customers in the industries we serve often reduce their capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending infrastructure projects. Such developments occur even among customers that are not experiencing financial difficulties. Future economic slowdowns in the industries we serve may impair the financial condition of some of our customers, which may cause them to reduce their capital expenditures and demand for our specialty contracting services and may hinder their ability to pay us on a timely basis or at all.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from master service agreements, which may be cancelled upon short notice, and we may be unsuccessful in replacing these agreements as they are completed or expire.

      We currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from master service agreements. By their terms, the majority of these contracts may be cancelled by our customers upon short notice, even if we are not in default under these agreements. In addition, projected expenditures by customers under these agreements are not assured until such time as a definitive work order is placed and completed. If a significant customer cancels a master service agreement with us and we were unable to replace the

11

agreement with another on similar terms, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be adversely affected. Recently we have been able to extend some of these agreements on negotiated terms. Market conditions could change, however, and we may not be able to continue to obtain or extend master service agreements through negotiation, and we may be underbid by competitors in an ensuing competitive bidding process. The loss of work obtained through master service agreements could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

The industries we serve are subject to rapid technological and structural changes that could reduce the need for our services and adversely affect our revenues.

      The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs. We generate a significant portion of our revenues from customers in the telecommunications industry. New technology or upgrades to existing technology available to our customers or to our customers’ competitors could reduce the need for our services and adversely affect our revenues and profitability. New or developing services, such as wireless applications, could displace the wireline systems used by our customers to deliver services to consumers. In addition, improvements in existing technology may allow telecommunication companies to improve their networks without physically upgrading them. Additionally, consolidations, mergers and acquisitions in the telecommunications industry have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. These consolidations, mergers and acquisitions may cause the loss of one or more of our customers. Reduced demand for our services or a loss of a significant customer could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a few customers, and the loss of one or more of these customers could adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

      Our customer base is highly concentrated, with our top five customers in each of fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003 accounting for approximately 64% of our total revenues. In the first quarter of fiscal 2006, our top five customers accounted for approximately 61% of our total revenues. A significant portion of the work we perform for these customers is commissioned under master service agreements, which may be terminated on short notice, even if we are not in default under these agreements. In addition, revenues under our contracts with these customers may vary from period-to-period depending on the timing and volume of work which such customers order in a given period and as a result of competition from the in-house service organizations of our customers. Reduced demand for our services or a loss of a significant customer could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

      The specialty contracting services industry in which we operate is highly competitive. We compete with other independent contractors, including several that are large domestic companies that may have financial, technical and marketing resources that exceed our own. Our competitors may develop the expertise, experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to our services, and we may not be able to maintain or enhance our competitive position. We may also face competition from the in-house service organizations of our existing or prospective customers, particularly telecommunications providers, which employ personnel who perform some of the same types of services as we provide. Although our customers currently outsource a significant portion of these services to us and our competitors, we can offer no assurance that our existing or prospective customers will continue to outsource specialty contracting services to us in the future. In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into the markets in which we operate and, as a result, any organization with adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor.

Our profitability is based on our ability to deliver our services within the costs and estimates used to establish the pricing of our contracts.

      Most of our long-term contracts are based on units of delivery, and we recognize revenue as the unit of delivery is completed. As the price for each of the units is fixed by the contract, our profitability could decline if our actual costs to complete each unit exceeds our original estimates. Revenue from other contracts is recognized using cost-to-cost measures of the percentage of completion method and is based

12

on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs. Application of the percentage of completion method of accounting requires that our management estimate the costs to be incurred by us in performing the contract. Our process for estimating costs is based upon the professional knowledge and experience of our project managers and financial professionals. However, any changes in original estimates, or the assumptions underpinning such estimates, may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects would be recognized in the period during which such revisions were determined. These changes could result in a reduction or elimination of previously reported profits.

We have a significant amount of accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings assets.

      We grant credit to our customers, which include telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators, a direct broadcast satellite operator, and other gas and electric utilities. At year-end fiscal 2005, we had net accounts receivable of $161.3 million and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings of $65.6 million. At October 29, 2005, we had net accounts receivable of $168.0 million and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings of $80.0 million. We periodically assess the credit of our customers and continuously monitor the timeliness of payments. Our customers may be adversely affected by an economic downturn, which may subject us to potential credit risks. In fiscal 2002, we recorded $20.6 million of bad debt expense attributable to receivables due from Adelphia and WorldCom. Adelphia and WorldCom both filed for bankruptcy protection during fiscal 2002. If any of our significant customers file for bankruptcy or experience financial difficulties, we could experience difficulty in collecting what we are owed by them for work already performed or in process, which could lead to reduced cash flows and a decline in our liquidity. Additionally, we may incur losses in excess of current allowances provided.

We self insure against certain potential liabilities, which leaves us potentially exposed to higher than expected liability claims.

      We retain the risk, up to certain limits, for automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, locate damage claims, and employee group health claims. We estimate and develop our accrual for claims in future periods based on facts, circumstances and historical evidence. However, the calculation of the estimated accrued liability for self-insured claims remains subject to inherent uncertainty. Should a greater number of claims occur compared to what we have estimated, or should the dollar amount of actual claims exceed what we anticipated, our recorded reserves may not be sufficient, and we could incur substantial additional unanticipated charges. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Self-Insured Claims Liability” in our Form 10-K for fiscal year 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

The loss of certain key managers could adversely affect our business.

      We depend on the performance of our executive officers and the senior management of our subsidiaries. Our senior management team has numerous years of experience in our industry, and the loss of any of them could negatively affect our ability to execute our business strategy. Although we have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers and certain other key employees, we cannot guarantee that any key management personnel will remain with us for any length of time. The loss of key management could adversely affect the management of our operations. We do not carry significant “key-person” life insurance on any of our employees.

Our results of operations may fluctuate seasonally.

      Most of our work is performed outdoors and as a result, our results of operations are impacted by extended periods of inclement weather. Generally, inclement weather occurs during the winter season which falls during our second and third quarters of the fiscal year. In addition, a disproportionate percentage of total holidays fall within our second quarter, which impacts the number of available workdays. As a result, we may experience reduced revenues in the second and third quarters of each year.

13

If we fail to integrate future acquisitions successfully, this could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

      As part of our growth strategy, we may acquire companies that expand, complement, or diversify our business. We regularly review various opportunities and periodically engage in discussions regarding such possible acquisitions. Future acquisitions may expose us to operational challenges and risks, including the diversion of management’s attention from our existing business, the failure to retain key personnel or customers of an acquired business, the assumption of unknown liabilities of the acquired business for which there are inadequate reserves and the potential impairment of acquired intangible assets. Our ability to sustain our growth and maintain our competitive position may be affected by our ability to successfully integrate any businesses acquired.

Our backlog is subject to reduction and/or cancellation.

      Our backlog is comprised of the uncompleted portion of services to be performed under job-specific contracts and the estimated value of future services that we expect to provide under long-term requirements contracts, including master service agreements. In many instances our customers are not contractually committed to specific volumes of services under a contract. However, the customer is obligated once the services are requested by the customer and provided by us. Many of our contracts are multi-year agreements, and we include in our backlog the amount of services projected to be performed over the terms of the contracts based on our historical relationships with customers and our experience in procurements of this nature. For certain recently initiated multi-year projects relating to fiber deployments for one of our significant customers, we have included in backlog only those amounts relating to calendar year 2005. We have taken this approach with respect to these fiber deployment projects because, when initially installed, they are not required for the day-to-day provision of services by our customer. Consequently, these programs have generally been subject to more uncertainty, as compared to those of our other customers, with regards to budgets and activity levels. Our estimates of a customer’s requirements during a particular future period may not be accurate at any point in time. If our estimated backlog is significantly inaccurate or does not result in future profits, this could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

We may incur impairment charges on goodwill or other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142.

      In accordance with SFAS No. 142, we conduct on at least an annual basis a review of our reporting units to determine whether their carrying value exceeds their corresponding fair market value. Should this be the case, the value of our goodwill may be impaired and may be required to be written down. Any goodwill write-down could adversely affect our results of operations. During fiscal 2005, as a result of our annual impairment analysis, we recognized a non-cash after tax charge in order to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to WMC (see note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus). We may incur future impairments. Under the terms of the indenture, future impairments recorded pursuant to SFAS No. 142 will be excluded from the definition of “Net Income” if we and our Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have positive net income before the deduction of such impairment charge. See “Description of the New Notes — Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.”

Unanticipated changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income and other tax liabilities could affect our profitability.

      We are subject to income taxes in many different jurisdictions of the United States and our tax liabilities are subject to the apportionment of income in different jurisdictions. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in locations with differing tax rates, in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities or in tax laws or by material audit assessments, which could affect our profitability. In particular, the carrying value of deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income. In addition, the amount of income and other taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits in various jurisdictions, and a material assessment by a governing tax authority could affect our profitability.

14

Many of our telecommunications customers are highly regulated and the addition of new regulations or changes to existing regulations may adversely impact their demand for our specialty contracting services and the profitability of those services.

      Many of our telecommunications customers are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. The FCC may interpret the application of its regulations to telecommunication companies in a manner that is different than the way such regulations are currently interpreted and may impose additional regulations. If existing or new regulations have an adverse affect on our telecommunications customers and adversely impact the profitability of the services they provide, then demand for our specialty contracting services may be reduced.

Our operations expose us to various safety and environmental regulations.

      We are required to comply with increasingly stringent laws and regulations governing environmental protection and workplace safety. With respect to safety, our workers frequently operate heavy machinery and, as such, they are subject to potential injury to themselves or others in the vicinity of work being performed. If any of our workers or any other persons are injured or killed in the course of our operations, we could be found to have violated relevant safety regulations, which could result in a fine or, in extreme cases, criminal sanction.

      A significant portion of our operations result in work performed underground. As a result, we are potentially subject to material liabilities related to encountering underground objects which may cause the release of hazardous materials or substances. The environmental laws and regulations which may relate to our business include those regarding the removal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste. These laws and regulations can impose significant fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Costs associated with the discharge of hazardous materials or substances may include clean-up costs and related damages or liabilities. These costs could be significant and could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

USE OF PROCEEDS

      There will be no cash proceeds payable to us from the issuance of the new notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The net proceeds from the issuance of the old notes was approximately $145 million. We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the old notes to partially fund a tender offer of Dycom’s common stock pursuant to a modified Dutch Auction self-tender offer.

15

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of October 29, 2005.

      You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Other Indebtedness,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

		October 29, 2005
Cash and equivalents		$	61,901
Debt (including current maturities)
	Notes(1)	$	150,000
	Senior credit facility		33,000
	Other notes and capital leases payable		6,004
Total debt			189,004
Stockholders’ Equity:
	Common stock, par value $0.331/3 per share:
	150,000,000 shares authorized; 48,865,186 issued and outstanding (40,101,735 as adjusted)		13,370
	Additional paid-in capital		170,441
	Deferred compensation		—
	Retained earnings		191,619
Total stockholders’ equity			375,430
Total capitalization		$	564,434

(1)  Assuming full participation in the exchange offer, notes consists of the old notes prior to the exchange offer and the new notes subsequent to the exchange offer.

16

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      We have derived the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004 and the selected consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of July 26, 2003, July 27, 2002 and July 28, 2001 and the selected consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended July 27, 2002 and July 28, 2001 from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected financial data as of and for the three months ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004 from our unaudited financial statements, which reflect all normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly this unaudited financial data. We use a fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in July. Fiscal 2005 consisted of 52 weeks, fiscal 2004 consisted of 53 weeks, and fiscal 2003, fiscal 2002, and fiscal 2001 consisted of 52 weeks. You should read the following selected consolidated financial information together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K for fiscal year 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus to the extent set forth under “Incorporation by Reference”. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and the results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

		Years Ended															Three Months Ended
		July 30,			July 31,			July 26,			July 27,			July 28,			October 29,			October 30,
		2005(1)			2004(2)			2003			2002(3)			2001(4)			2005			2004
		(In thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Information:
Revenues:
	Contract revenues	$	986,627		$	872,716		$	618,183		$	624,021		$	826,746		$	260,898		$	263,166
Expenses:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation			785,616			673,562			482,877			478,971			615,239			213,300			208,670
	General and administrative		78,960			74,580			68,774			67,446			73,518			19,413			18,366
	Bad debts expense		767			776			1,285			21,550			58			42			(384	)
	Depreciation and amortization		46,593			42,066			39,074			38,844			40,117			11,381			11,265
	Goodwill and intangible impairment charges(5)		28,951			—			—			47,880			—			—			—
Total			940,887			790,984			592,010			654,691			728,932			244,136			237,917
Gain on sale of accounts receivable			—			11,359			—			—			—			—			—
Interest income			1,341			775			1,509			2,936			5,331			690			116
Interest expense			(417	)		(963	)		(208	)		(316	)		(835	)		(842	)		(162	)
Other income, net			11,970			4,277			2,981			1,460			2,673			1,131			594
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			58,634			97,180			30,455			(26,590	)		104,983			17,741			25,797
Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes:
	Current		28,072			35,044			7,529			17,216			41,909			8,187			8,625
	Deferred		6,248			3,503			5,777			(7,708	)		1,664			(1,168	)		1,551
Total			34,320			38,547			13,306			9,508			43,573			7,019			10,176
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle			24,314			58,633			17,149			(36,098	)		61,410			10,722			15,621
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of $12,117 income tax benefit(6)			—			—			—			(86,929	)		—			—			—
Net income (loss)		$	24,314		$	58,633		$	17,149		$	(123,027	)	$	61,410		$	10,722		$	15,621
Earnings Per Common Share:
	Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.50		$	1.21		$	0.36		$	(2.73	)	$	1.45		$	0.23		$	0.32
	Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.49		$	1.20		$	0.36		$	(2.73	)	$	1.44		$	0.23		$	0.32

17

	Years Ended															Three Months Ended
	July 30,			July 31,			July 26,			July 27,			July 28,			October 29,			October 30,
	2005(1)			2004(2)			2003			2002(3)			2001(4)			2005			2004(1)
	(In thousands, except ratios)
Other Financial Information:
Cash flows from operating activities	$	87,432		$	124,218		$	24,998		$	64,704		$	132,597		$	(4,183	)	$	6,788
Cash flows from investing activities		(33,958	)		(168,801	)		5,127			(12,270	)		(105,388	)		(11,463	)		(20,383	)
Cash flows from financing activities		(1,795	)		1,264			1,713			(68,294	)		(3,127	)		(5,515	)		(319	)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (deficiency)(7)		18.5	x		23.3	x		9.1	x	$	(26,590	)		27.3	x		13.3	x		30.8	x

	As of										As of
	July 30,		July 31,		July 26,		July 27,		July 28,		October 29,
	2005(1)		2004(2)		2003		2002(3)		2001(4)		2005
	(In thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information:
Cash and equivalents	$	83,062	$	31,383	$	74,702	$	42,864	$	58,724	$	61,901
Short-term investments(8)		—		20,010		55,150		73,188		71,760		—
Total assets		696,709		651,835		536,543		514,553		575,696		700,352
Total debt, including current portion		6,928		11,257		30		108		9,069		189,004
Total stockholders’ equity	$	549,810	$	518,961	$	450,340	$	431,297	$	468,881	$	375,430

(1)	Amounts include the results and balances of RJE (acquired September 2004) since its acquisition date.
(2)	Amounts include the results and balances of UtiliQuest (acquired December 2003) and the results and balances of First South (acquired November 2003) since their respective acquisition dates.
(3)	Amounts include the results and balances of Arguss Communications, Inc. (“Arguss”) (acquired February 2002) since its acquisition date.
(4)	Amounts include the results and balances of Cable Connectors, Inc. (acquired October 2000), Schaumberg Enterprises, Inc. (acquired December 2000), Point to Point Communications, Inc. (acquired December 2000), Stevens Communications, Inc. (acquired January 2001), and Nichols Holding, Inc. (acquired April 2001) since their respective acquisition dates.
(5)	During fiscal 2005, we incurred a goodwill impairment charge related to WMC, as a result of our annual SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” valuation of reporting units. The under-performance of the subsidiary’s financial results, combined with a reduction in the future expected cash flows from this subsidiary resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of approximately $29.0 million (see note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus). During fiscal 2002, two of our customers, Adelphia and WorldCom, filed for bankruptcy protection and as a result, we incurred goodwill impairment charges of approximately $45.1 million for WMC and approximately $2.5 million for our Point-to-Point Communications, Inc. subsidiary. We also recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million in the fourth quarter 2002 related to the write-down of other intangible assets.
(6)	During fiscal 2002, we incurred a goodwill impairment charge of $99.0 million ($86.9 million after tax) as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The subsidiaries for which an impairment charge was recognized consisted of Apex Digital, Inc., Globe Communications, Inc., Locating, Inc., Point-to-Point Communications, Inc., Tesinc Inc., Nichols Construction, Inc., C-2 Utility Contractors, Inc. and Lamberts’ Cable Splicing Co.
(7)	For the purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as pretax income from operations plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance costs and an estimate of the interest within rental expense. For the year ended July 27, 2002 there would have been a coverage deficiency of approximately $26.6 million for the ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
(8)	Short-term investments previously classified as cash and equivalents have been reclassified as short-term investments to conform to current period presentation.

18

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Registration Rights

      In connection with our private offering of the old notes on October 11, 2005, the issuer and the guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under this registration rights agreement we agreed, within 90 days after the issuance of the old notes, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the old notes for new notes with terms identical to the old notes in all material respects. The new notes, however, will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or terms obligating the issuer to pay additional interest in the event of a registration default which includes, among other events, failure to file an exchange offer registration statement with the Commission within 90 days following the issue of the old notes, failure to have the exchange offer registration statement declared effective within 180 days following the issue of the old notes and failure to issue the new notes within 30 days of effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

      Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, the issuer will accept all old notes validly tendered prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding old notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their old notes pursuant to the exchange offer in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

      As of the date of this prospectus, $150 million aggregate principal amount of old notes are outstanding. In connection with the issuance of the old notes, we arranged for the old notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, acting as depositary. The new notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through DTC.

      This prospectus, together with the accompanying letter of transmittal, is being sent to all holders of old notes as of                     , 2006.

      The issuer shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if it has given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. See “— Exchange Agent.” The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of old notes for the purpose of receiving new notes from the issuer and delivering new notes to such holders.

      If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events described in this prospectus, certificates for any such unaccepted old notes will be returned, without expenses, to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration date (see “— Procedure for Tendering”).

      Holders of old notes who tender in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes in connection with the exchange offer. See “— Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date, Extensions, and Amendments

      The term “expiration date” means                     , 2006 unless the issuer, in its sole discretion, extends the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date to which the exchange offer is extended.

      In order to extend the expiration date, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will announce the extension by press release, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. Such announcement may state that we are extending the exchange offer for a specified period of time.

19

      The issuer reserves the right to amend the exchange offer, or to delay acceptance of any old notes in the event that the exchange offer is extended, to extend the exchange offer, or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept any old notes, if any of the conditions set forth herein under “— Termination” has occurred and has not been waived by it (if permitted to be waived by it) prior to the expiration date, by giving oral or written notice of such amendment, delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent.

      Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof. If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose any such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the old notes of such amendment. In the event of a material change in the offer, including the waiver of a material condition, the issuer will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change.

      Without limiting the manner by which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely press release.

Interest on the New Notes

      The new notes will bear interest from October 11, 2005, payable semiannually on October 15 and April 15 of each year, with the first interest payment date on April 15, 2006, at an annual rate of 8¹/8%. Holders of old notes whose old notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest on the old notes accrued from October 11, 2005 until the date of the issuance of the new notes. Consequently, holders who exchange their old notes for new notes will receive the same interest payment on April 15, 2006 (the first interest payment date with respect to the new notes) that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer.

Resale of the New Notes

      Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties, we believe that the new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, so long as:

•  the new notes were acquired in the ordinary course of business;

•  the holder is not participating, and has no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the new notes;

•  the holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased the notes directly from the issuer to resell pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act; and

•  the holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

      Holders of old notes wishing to accept the exchange offer must represent to us that these conditions have been met. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes in exchange for old notes held for its own account, as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by such broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Procedure for Tendering

      The old notes were issued as global securities in fully registered form without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the global securities are shown on, and transfers of these interests are effected only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.

20

      If you wish to tender your old notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date:

      (1) either:

      (a) a written or facsimile copy of a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by such letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

      (b) a computer-generated message transmitted by means of ATOP; and

      (2) confirmation of book-entry transfer of such notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC prior to the expiration date.

      The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that the exchange offer is eligible for ATOP. To tender old notes that are held through DTC effectively, DTC participants may, in lieu of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance through ATOP. DTC will then verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. The agent’s message must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date in order to make a valid tender. Delivery of tendered Notes must be made to the account of the exchange agent at DTC pursuant to DTC’s procedures for transfer.

      The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the Exchange agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC tendering old notes that are the subject of such book entry confirmation, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and that the issuer may enforce such agreement against such participant. Delivery of the agent’s message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the exchange offer as to execution and delivery of a letter of transmittal by the participant identified in the agent’s message.

      The method of delivery of old notes and the letters of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No letter of transmittal or old notes should be sent to us.

      Any beneficial holder whose old notes are held in the name of his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such person promptly and instruct such person to tender on his behalf.

      Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, unless the old notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

•  by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

•  for the account of an Eligible Institution.

      If the letter of transmittal is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

      All the questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered old notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determinations will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not validly tendered or any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for us, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any irregularities in the tender of old notes and any conditions of tender as to all of the old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including

21

the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by the exchange agent to the tendering holder of such old notes unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal promptly following the expiration date.

      In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to:

•  purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date, or, as set forth under “— Termination,” to terminate the exchange offer; and

•  to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

The terms of any such purchase or offers may differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

      By tendering, each holder of old notes will represent to us that the new notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such new notes, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the holder nor any other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes, that the holder is not a broker-dealer who acquired old notes directly from us and that neither the holder nor any such other person is an “affiliate” of our company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

Withdrawal of Tenders

      Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

      To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must:

•  specify the name of the person having deposited the old notes to be withdrawn, or the depositor;

•  identify the old notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of the old notes);

•  be signed by the depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the old notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees); and

•  specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with DTC’s procedures.

      All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for such withdrawal notices will be determined by us, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and no new notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the old notes so withdrawn are validly tendered. Any old notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be tendered by following one of the procedures described above under “— Procedure for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Termination

      Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, the exchange offer will be subject to the following conditions:

•  that the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder, does not violate applicable or any applicable interpretation by the staff of the SEC;

22

•  the due tendering of the old notes in accordance with the exchange offer;

•  that each holder of old notes exchanged in the exchange offer has represented that all new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the consummation of the exchange offer it will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933) of the new notes and will have made such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933 available and to allow us to carry out the exchange offer; and

•  that no action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer, which, in our judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

      Wachovia Bank, National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Registered and Certified Mail:	By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail:	By Hand Delivery:
Wachovia Bank, N.A. Customer Information Center Attn: Corporate Actions, NC-1153 1525 West WT Harris Blvd - 3C3 Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522	Wachovia Bank, N.A. Customer Information Center Attn: Corporate Actions, NC-1153 1525 West WT Harris Blvd - 3C3 Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522	Wachovia Bank, N.A. Customer Information Center Attn: Corporate Actions, NC-1153 1525 West WT Harris Blvd - 3C3 Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

By Facsimile Transmission: (704) 590-7628

Confirm by Telephone: (704) 590-7413

      Wachovia Bank, National Association is the trustee under the indenture governing the notes.

Fees and Expenses

      The expense of soliciting tenders pursuant to the exchange offer will be borne by us. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the exchange offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by officers and regular employees of ours and our affiliates in person, by facsimile or telephone.

      We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the old notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

      The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting and legal fees, will be paid by us.

      We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. If, however, certificates representing new notes or old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any other person other than the holder of the old notes tendered, or if tendered old notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the tendering holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom

23

is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

      If you do not tender your old notes in this exchange offer, they will remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, they may only be resold if:

•  registered pursuant to the Securities Act; or

•  an exemption from registration is available;

and they will continue to bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption from registration.

      As a result of the restrictions on transfer and the availability of the new notes, the old notes are likely to be much less liquid than before the exchange offer. Following the consummation of the exchange offer, in general, holders of old notes will have no further registration rights under the registration rights agreement.

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

      On December 21, 2004, we entered into a credit agreement with certain lenders named therein, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Suntrust Bank, Harris Trust and Savings Bank, HSBC Bank USA and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Documentation Agents and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner.

      This senior credit facility replaced our prior credit facility that was due to expire in June 2005. The prior credit facility had no outstanding borrowings prior to its termination, and letters of credit outstanding thereunder were transferred to the new credit facility.

      The senior credit facility provides for a maximum borrowing of $300.0 million and terminates on December 21, 2009. This maximum borrowing may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility contains a sublimit of $100.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit. Amounts borrowed under the senior credit facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed from time to time until December 21, 2009.

      Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest, at our option, at either (a) the bank’s base rate, described in the credit agreement as the higher of the annual rate of the lead bank’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or (b) LIBOR plus, in either case, a spread based upon our consolidated leverage ratio. Based on our current leverage ratio, borrowings would be eligible for a spread of 0.0% for revolving borrowings based on the prime rate or the federal funds rate and 1.0% for revolving borrowings based on LIBOR. On January 20, 2006 the weighted average interest rate on borrowings under our credit facility was approximately 5.77%. Our annual debt service, based on amounts outstanding at January 20, 2006 and, with respect to borrowings under our credit facility, based on the weighted average interest rate on such date, was approximately $14.7 million. Under the credit agreement, we agreed to pay a facility fee, payable quarterly, at rates that range from 0.2% to 0.375% of the unutilized commitments depending on our leverage ratio. However, in the event we utilize less than one-third of this facility, the fee will be 0.375% of the unutilized commitments. The payments under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by most of our subsidiaries.

      The credit agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on us and our subsidiaries with respect to the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, the making of investments and distributions, mergers and acquisitions, disposition of assets, sale-leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates. The credit agreement contains financial covenants which require us to (1) maintain a leverage ratio of not greater than 2.75 to 1.00, as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter, (2) maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.75 to 1.00, as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter, and (3) maintain consolidated tangible net worth of not less than $200.0 million plus (A) 50% of our consolidated net income (if positive) from the date of the credit

24

agreement to the date of computation plus (B) 75% of our equity issuances made from the date of the credit agreement to the date of computation.

      On September 12, 2005, we amended our credit agreement to allow for the issuance and sale of the old notes and the application of the net proceeds of the offering of old notes towards the financing of the tender offer for our common shares. The amendment also amends certain financial covenants in the credit agreement and provides that a modification of the subordination provisions of the indenture will be a default under the senior credit facility. After giving effect to the amendment, we are required to (1) maintain a consolidated leverage ratio not greater than 3.00 to 1.00, (2) maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.75 to 1.00, as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter and (3) maintain consolidated tangible net worth, which shall be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter, of not less than (a) prior to the consummation of the tender offer, $200.0 million plus 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) from December 21, 2004 to the date of computation plus 75% of the equity issuances made from December 21, 2004 to the date of computation and (b) after the consummation of the tender offer, $50.0 million plus 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) from the effective date of the amendment to the date of computation plus 75% of the equity issuances made from the date of the amendment to the date of computation. As of October 29, 2005, we had $33.0 million of borrowings under the senior credit facility and had $37.3 million face amount of letters of credit outstanding under the facility sublimit for letters of credit. We borrowed $33.0 million under the senior credit facility to pay a portion of the shares of our common stock tendered in our tender offer.

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

      You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the word “Issuer” refers only to Dycom Investments, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries, and the word “Holdings” refers only to Dycom Industries, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

      The Issuer issued the old notes under an indenture among itself, the Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association as trustee. A copy of the form of indenture will be made available upon request. Upon the issuance of the new notes, the indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. We refer to the new notes throughout this description as the “new notes,” the old notes as the “old notes” and the new notes and old notes together as the “notes.”

      The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it contains the provisions that will govern the notes. A copy of the indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “— Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

      The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

General

      The new notes will be unsecured, senior obligations of the Issuer. The old notes were issued in an initial aggregate principal amount of $150 million. The new notes will be issued solely in exchange for an equal principal amount of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The form and terms of the new notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the old notes except that: (1) the new notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and will not have restrictions on transfer and (2) the new notes will not bear additional interest.

25

Brief Description of the New Notes and the Note Guarantees

The New Notes

      The new notes will be:

•  general unsecured obligations of the Issuer;

•  subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuer;

•  pari passu in right of payment with the old notes and any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer; and

•  unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

The Guarantees

      The new notes will be guaranteed by Holdings and each of its existing and future Domestic Subsidiaries, other than the Issuer, that guarantee any Credit Facility.

      Each guarantee of the new notes will be:

•  a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor;

•  subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other existing and future Senior Debt of that Guarantor; and

•  pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.

      As of October 29, 2005, the Issuer and the Guarantors had total Senior Debt of approximately $82.2 million (including $43.2 million face amount of letters of credit). As indicated above and as discussed in detail below under the caption “— Subordination,” payments on the notes and under these guarantees will be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt. The indenture permits us and the Guarantors to incur additional Senior Debt.

      Not all of our Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. The guarantor Subsidiaries generated approximately 99.5% and 100.0% of our consolidated revenues in fiscal 2005 and in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, respectively, and the guarantor Subsidiaries and Holdings held approximately 99.3% and 99.0% of our consolidated assets as of July 30, 2005 and as of October 29, 2005, respectively. See note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for more detail about the division of its consolidated revenues and assets between the guarantor and non-guarantor Subsidiaries.

      Substantially all of the operations of the Issuer are conducted through its Subsidiaries and, therefore, the Issuer depends on the cash flow of its Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the notes. The notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables and lease obligations) of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries. Any right of the Issuer to receive assets of any of its Subsidiaries upon the Subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders of the notes to participate in those assets) will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that Subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that the Issuer is itself recognized as a creditor of the Subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Issuer would still be subordinate in right of payment to any security in the assets of the Subsidiary and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary senior to that held by the Issuer. As of October 29, 2005, the Issuer’s Subsidiaries had approximately $6.0 million of Indebtedness and $117.7 million of trade payables and other liabilities. See “Risk Factors — Your right to receive payments on the notes is junior to the issuer’s existing indebtedness and possibly all of its future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to all of the guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.”

      As of the date of the indenture, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants —

26

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” Holdings will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Holdings’ Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. Holdings’ Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

      The Issuer issued $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of old notes on October 11, 2005. The Issuer may issue additional notes under the indenture from time to time after this offering. Any issuance of additional notes is subject to all of the covenants in the indenture, including the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Issuer will issue notes in a minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on October 15, 2015.

      Interest on the notes will accrue at an annual rate of 8¹/8% and will be payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15, commencing on April 15, 2006. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the holders of record on the immediately preceding March 31 and September 30.

      Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

      If a holder of notes has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer, the Issuer will pay all principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on that holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within The City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

      The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. The Issuer may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

      A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the provisions of the indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Note Guarantees

      The notes will be guaranteed by each of Holdings and each of its current and future Domestic Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer) that guarantee any Credit Facility. These Note Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors — Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.”

27

      A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

      (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

      (2) either:

      (a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the indenture, its Note Guarantee and the registration rights agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the trustee; or

      (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition or merger are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

      The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

      (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, if such sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

      (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, if such sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

      (3) if Holdings designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture;

      (4) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the notes as provided below under the captions “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

      (5) upon the release of such Guarantor of all of its guarantees of any Credit Facility, including any Note Guarantee created pursuant to the “Additional Note Guarantees” provisions of the indenture.

See “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”

Subordination

      The payment of principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, and other payment obligations on or with respect to, the notes (including any obligations to repurchase the notes) will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt, including Senior Debt incurred after the date of the indenture.

      The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before the holders of notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the notes (except that holders of notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from either of the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”), in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Issuer:

      (1) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer;

      (2) in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property;

      (3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

      (4) in any marshaling of the Issuer’s assets and liabilities.

28

      The Issuer also may not make any payment in respect of the notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “Satisfaction and Discharge”) if:

      (1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or

      (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity, and the trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Issuer or (a) with respect to Designated Senior Debt arising under the Credit Agreement, the agent for the lenders thereunder or (b) with respect to any other Designated Senior Debt, a representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt.

      Payments on the notes may and will be resumed:

      (1) in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior Debt, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

      (2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier of (x) the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived, (y) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received or (z) the date the Trustee receives notice from the representative for the Designated Senior Debt rescinding such Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt has then been accelerated.

      No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:

      (1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and

      (2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents.

      No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

      If the trustee or any holder of the notes receives a payment in respect of the notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “Satisfaction and Discharge”) when:

      (1) the payment is prohibited by these subordination provisions; and

      (2) the trustee or the holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited;

the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt, the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper representative.

      The Issuer must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

      As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, holders of notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors who are holders of Senior Debt. As a result of the obligation to deliver amounts received in trust to holders of Senior Debt, holders of notes may recover less ratably than trade creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors. See “Risk Factors — Your right to receive payments on the notes is junior to the issuer’s existing indebtedness and possibly all of its future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to all of the guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.

29

Optional Redemption

      At any time on or prior to October 15, 2008, the Issuer may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture at a redemption price of 108.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

      (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture (including any Additional Notes but excluding notes held by Holdings and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

      (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering.

      At any time prior to October 15, 2010, the Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

      Except pursuant to the two preceding paragraphs, the notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to October 15, 2010.

      On or after October 15, 2010, at any time or from time to time, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive accrued and unpaid interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2010		104.063%
2011		102.031%
2012		101.016%
2013 and thereafter		100.000%

      Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Mandatory Redemption

      The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

      If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of noteholders on the relevant record date to receive accrued and unpaid interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and

30

described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

      On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

      (1) accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

      (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

      (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by the Issuer.

      The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will have a minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

      Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Issuer and the Guarantors will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of notes required by this covenant.

      The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Issuer and the Guarantors from purchasing any notes, and also provides that certain change of control events with respect to Holdings would constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Issuer or the Guarantors become parties may contain similar restrictions and provisions. If a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuer and the Guarantors are prohibited from purchasing notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors could seek the consent of their senior lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer and the Guarantors do not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer and the Guarantors will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In such case, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of notes.

      The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

      The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the indenture as described above under the caption “— Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

31

      The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require the Issuer to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

      (1) Holdings (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

      (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

      (a) any liabilities, as shown on Holdings’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to a customary novation agreement or transfer agreement that releases Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or against which the transferee has granted a full indemnity to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary;

      (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

      (c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregated Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) 5.0% of Holdings’s Consolidated Net Assets as of the date or receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and (y) $25.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

      Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Holdings (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

      (1) to repay Senior Debt;

      (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire such assets or Capital Stock within 180 days; provided that (x) such acquisition is consummated within 180 days after the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below));

      (3) to make capital expenditures; or

      (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or needed in a Permitted Business (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire such assets within 180 days; provided that (x) such acquisition is consummated within 180 days after the date of

32

such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds).

      Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, Holdings may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture.

      Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within 30 days thereof the Issuer will make an Asset Sale Offer to all holders of notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes or any Note Guarantee (other than a Note Guarantee by Holdings) containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased using the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but not including the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, Holdings may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

      The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

      The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Issuer and the Guarantors from purchasing any notes, and also provides that certain asset sale events with respect to the Issuer and the Guarantors would constitute a default under these agreements. Any future Credit Facilities or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Issuer and the Guarantors become parties may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event an Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Issuer and the Guarantors are prohibited from purchasing notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors may seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of notes or attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer and the Guarantors do not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, they will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In such case, the Issuer and the Guarantors’ failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of notes.

Selection and Notice

      If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.

      No notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

      If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the holder of notes upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for

33

redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of notes called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

      If on any date following the date of the indenture:

      (1) the notes are rated Investment Grade by both of the Rating Agencies; and

      (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,

then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this prospectus will no longer be applicable to the notes:

      (1) “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders-Asset Sales”;

      (2) “— Restricted Payments”;

      (3) “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

      (4) “— No Layering of Debt”;

      (5) “— Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”;

      (6) “— Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”;

      (7) “— Transactions with Affiliates”;

      (8) “— Business Activities”; and

      (9) “— Additional Note Guarantees.”

      There can be no assurance that the notes will achieve or maintain an Investment Grade rating.

Restricted Payments

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

      (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Holdings’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of Holdings’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions (x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or (y) payable to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings);

      (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings) any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings;

      (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (a) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition; or

      (4) make any Restricted Investment

34

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

      (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

      (2) Holdings would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the
caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

      (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8) and (9) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

      (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the indenture to the end of Holdings’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

      (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of assets other than cash received by Holdings since the date of the indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or the incurrence of Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into such Equity Interests that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock) sold to, or Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of Holdings), plus the amount of any cash received by Holdings upon such conversion or exchange; plus

      (c) with respect to Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the indenture, an amount equal to 100% of the net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Restricted Investment, from the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee) or from any redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Restricted Investments previously made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture; plus

      (d) 50% of any dividends received by Holdings or a Guarantor after the date of the indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Holdings, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for such period.

      The preceding provisions will not prohibit, in the case of clauses (5), (7) and (10) below, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby:

      (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

      (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or from a substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to Holdings; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

35

      (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

      (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

      (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the net cash proceeds received by Holdings from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to members of management or directors of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the date of the indenture (to the extent such cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments), plus (B) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the indenture, less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (5);

      (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur (a) upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof or (b) upon the transfer of shares of restricted stock to Holdings in connection with the payment of withholding tax by Holdings following a sale of shares of restricted stock by the holder thereof;

      (7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings issued on or after the date of the indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described below under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

      (8) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options of other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Holdings or to dissenting shareholders if required by law;

      (9) the purchase for value of common stock of Holdings in a manner consistent with the Transactions; and

      (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million since the date of the indenture.

      The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, Holdings will deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this “Restricted Payments” covenant were computed, together with a copy of any opinion or appraisal required by the indenture. The Board of Directors’ determination of Fair Market Value, to the extent required by this covenant, must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $25.0 million.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or

36

otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred, at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness) and Preferred Stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer) that are not Guarantors may not exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding.

      The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

      (1) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount of such letter of credit) not to exceed $300.0 million at any one time; provided that such amount will be reduced to the extent of any reduction or elimination by the lenders of any commitment under any Credit Facility relating to the consummation of any Qualified Receivables Transaction for as long as such reduction or elimination of such commitment remains in effect;

      (2) the incurrence by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

      (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of the indenture and the exchange notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the indenture and the registration rights agreement;

      (4) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) $10.0 million or (b) 2.5% of Holdings’s Consolidated Net Assets, in each case, at any time outstanding;

      (5) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or (18) of this paragraph;

      (6) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

      (a) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

37

      (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

      (7) the issuance by any of Holdings’s Restricted Subsidiaries to Holdings or to any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that:

      (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; and

      (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

      (8) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

      (9) the guarantee by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

      (10) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, unemployment insurance, performance release, appeal and surety and similar bonds and related obligations and completion guarantees or similar instruments provided or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

      (11) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days;

      (12) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or in the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

      (13) the incurrence by Holdings of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the notes;

      (14) any Indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP; and

      (15) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount so indemnified or otherwise incurred does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such acquisition or disposition;

38

      (16) the incurrence by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary (or one or more non-Domestic Subsidiaries) of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding under this clause (16) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount of such letter of credit) not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 50% of the Consolidated Net Assets of any such Restricted Subsidiary (or group of non-Domestic Subsidiaries, as applicable);

      (17) the incurrence by a Receivables Subsidiary of Indebtedness in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is without recourse to Holdings or to any other Subsidiary of Holdings or their assets (other than such Receivables Subsidiary and its assets and, as to Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings, other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for such transactions) and is not guaranteed by any such Person; and

      (18) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, or the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed $25.0 million.

      For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (12), (16) or (18) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Holdings will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, and later reclassify from time to time all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which notes are first issued and authenticated under the indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of Holdings as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

      The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

      (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

      (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

      (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

      (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination, and

      (b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

No Layering of Debt

      The Issuer will not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Issuer and senior in right of payment to the notes. No Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. No such Indebtedness will be considered to be senior by virtue of being secured on a first or junior priority basis or

39

by virtue of the fact that holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more holders priority over other holders in the collateral held by them.

Liens

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless all payments due under the indenture and the notes are secured on a pari passu basis with the obligations so secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the notes or the Note Guarantees, prior or senior to such Indebtedness, with the same relative priority as the notes will have with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Issuer or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

      (1) the Issuer or that Guarantor, as applicable, could have incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Liens;” and

      (2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

      (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

      (2) make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

      (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

      However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

      (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness, Credit Facilities (including the Credit Agreement) or any other agreements as in effect on the date of the indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the indenture;

      (2) the indenture, the notes and the Note Guarantees;

      (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

      (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

40

      (5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, conveyances and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

      (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

      (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

      (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

      (9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “— Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

      (10) In the case of non-Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, restrictions under instruments governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or clause (16) of the second paragraph of the same;

      (11) Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that, (x) such restrictions were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and (y) such Indebtedness was permitted to be Incurred by the terms hereof;

      (12) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that such amendments or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings’ Board of Directors, no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing;

      (13) provisions that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

      (14) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of Holdings’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

      (15) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

      (16) Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

      (a) Holdings will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Holdings is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

      (1) either: (a) Holdings is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

      (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made

41

assumes all the obligations of Holdings under the notes, the indenture and, to the extent applicable, the registration rights agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

      (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

      (4) after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, Holdings or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, would, on the date of such transaction, (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Surviving Entity will not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions.

      In addition, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

      (b) The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and Holdings’s Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

      (1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

      (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the notes, the indenture and, to the extent applicable, the registration rights agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

      (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

      (4) after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, would, on the date of such transaction, (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” or (b) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Surviving Entity will not be less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions.

      In addition, the Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

      (c) This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to:

      (A) a merger of Holdings or the Issuer with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Issuer in another jurisdiction; or

      (B) any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Holdings or the Issuer and Holdings’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

42

Transactions with Affiliates

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

      (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

      (2) Holdings delivers to the trustee:

      (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Holdings; and

      (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Holdings or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

      The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

      (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement, consulting, service or termination agreement, or any similar arrangement entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and payments pursuant thereto, so long as such agreement or payment has been approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings;

      (2) transactions between or among Holdings and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

      (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Holdings) that is an Affiliate of Holdings solely because Holdings owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

      (4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees and reasonable and customary indemnification and similar payments to, or an behalf of, Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of Holdings;

      (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to Affiliates of Holdings;

      (6) services provided to any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Holdings in the ordinary course of business on terms at least as favorable to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction with an unrelated Person;

      (7) Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments” including, without limitation, payments included in the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

      (8) the receipt by Holdings of any capital contribution from its shareholders; and

      (9) transactions between or among Holdings and its Subsidiaries or transactions between a Receivables Subsidiary and any Person in which the Receivables Subsidiary has an Investment.

Business Activities

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

43

Additional Note Guarantees

      If any non-guarantor Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings, other than the Issuer, guarantees any Credit Facility, or if Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the indenture that guarantees any Credit Facility, in each case other than a Receivables Subsidiary, then such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture within 10 business days of the date on which it guaranteed such Credit Facility and deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the trustee. The Guarantee of any Note Guarantor will be subordinated to all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt of Guarantor to the same extent as the notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt of the Issuer.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

      The Board of Directors of Holdings may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Holdings. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      Any designation of a Subsidiary of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indenture, and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings as of such date. If such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” Holdings will be in default of such covenant.

      The Board of Directors of Holdings may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if

      (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and

      (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Payments for Consent

      Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of notes for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Reports

      Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Issuer will post to its website and will promptly notify the Trustee of such posting and will, if requested in writing, furnish to the holders of notes or cause the trustee to furnish by mail at the

44

Issuer’s expense to the holders of notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

      (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and

      (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

      All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Issuer’s consolidated financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Issuer will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

      If, at any time, the Issuer is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Issuer will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Issuer will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Issuer’s filings for any reason, the Issuer will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC.

      If Holdings has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Holdings.

      In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the holders of the notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

      If Holdings has complied with the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, or has furnished the reports described herein in the manner provided above for the Issuer, including if applicable, by posting such reports on Holdings’s website (including any consolidating financial information required by Regulation S-X relating to the Issuer and the Guarantors), the Issuer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this covenant.

Events of Default and Remedies

      Each of the following is an Event of Default:

      (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

      (2) default in the payment when due (whether at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

      (3) failure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate a purchase of the notes when required by the provisions described under the captions “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control,” “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

45

      (4) failure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to Holdings by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

      (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the indenture, if that default:

      (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

      (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more;

      (6) failure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction (to the extent any such judgements are not paid or covered by insurance provided by a reputable carrier that has acknowledged coverage in writing) aggregating in excess of $20.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

      (7) except as permitted by the indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, denies or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and

      (8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary).

      In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to Holdings, the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all old notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Issuer specifying the Event of Default; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement will be outstanding, that acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) an acceleration of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; or (2) five Business Days after receipt by Holdings and the Agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of the acceleration of the Notes.

      Holders of the notes may not enforce the indenture or the notes except as provided in the indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notices is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest, if any.

      Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to

46

enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

      (1) such holder has previously given the trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

      (2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes have requested the trustee to pursue the remedy;

      (3) such holders have offered the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

      (4) the trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

      (5) holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes have not given the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

      The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes by notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the notes.

      The Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

      No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the notes, the indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes, by accepting a note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. No waiver will be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

      The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an officers’ certificate, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

      (1) the rights of holders of notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

      (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

      (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

      (4) the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

      In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants (including its obligation to make Change of Control Offers and Asset Sale Offers) that are described in the indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Note Guarantees discharged (“Covenant Defeasance”), and thereafter any failure to comply with those covenants and obligations will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes or the Note Guarantees. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described

47

under “— Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes and the Note Guarantees.

      In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

      (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the old notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

      (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the old notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

      (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

      (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

      (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

      (6) the Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

      (7) the Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

      Except as provided in the next three succeeding paragraphs, the indenture, the notes and the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the indenture, the notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

48

      Without the consent of each holder of notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):

      (1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

      (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders” or “Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets”);

      (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any note;

      (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

      (5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the notes;

      (6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the notes;

      (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

      (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the indenture; or

      (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

      In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the indenture relating to subordination of the notes and the Note Guarantees that adversely affects the rights of the holders of the notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes then outstanding.

      Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the notes or the Note Guarantees:

      (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

      (2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

      (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

      (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any such holder;

      (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

      (6) to conform the text of the indenture, the Note Guarantees or the notes to any provision of this Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture, the Note Guarantees or the notes;

      (7) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture as of the date of the indenture; or

      (8) to comply with the provisions described under “— Certain Covenants — Additional Note Guarantees,” including to reflect the release of a Note Guarantee of the notes in accordance with the indenture;

49

      (9) to release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture;

      (10) to secure the notes and/or Note Guarantees of the notes;

      (11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; or

      (12) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when:

      (1) either:

      (a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

      (b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

      (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

      (3) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and

      (4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

      In addition, the Issuer must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

      The trustee for the notes is Wachovia Bank, National Association. If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the indenture limits the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.

      The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then old notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes,

50

unless such holder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

      The trustee will act as exchange agent for purposes of this exchange offer. The trustee is an affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as initial purchaser of the old notes and administrative agent under Holdings’ senior credit facility. Wachovia Corporation has entered into a definitive agreement to sell its corporate trust and structured finance trust services businesses to U.S. Bank National Association. Upon completion of the transaction, U.S. Bank will succeed Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee.

Additional Information

      Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture and registration rights agreement without charge by writing to Secretary, Dycom Industries, Inc., 11770 US Highway 1, Suite 101, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida, 33408.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

      The old notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”). The old notes were also offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Except as set forth below, the new notes will be issued in registered, global form in a minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

      The old notes issued in accordance with Rule 144A Notes were represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”) and old notes issued in accordance with Regulation S were represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The new notes will also be issued in the form of one or more global notes (collectively, and, together with the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, the “Global Notes”).

      The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. In addition, beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note and vice versa only in accordance with the indenture and the applicable rules and system procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking (“Clearstream”)), which may change from time to time.

      Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for definitive notes in certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.”

      Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

      DTC has advised the Issuer that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

51

      DTC has also advised the Issuer that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

      (1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Participants with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

      (2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interest in the Global Notes).

      Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Rule Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants.

      The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

      Except as described below, owners of interest in the Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “Holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

      Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the Issuer and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Issuer, the trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

      (1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

      (2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

      DTC has advised the Issuer that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Issuer and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

      Transfers between the Participants will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

      Cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of

52

Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by their respective depositaries. However, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

      DTC has advised the Issuer that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its Participants.

      Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. None of the Issuer, the trustee and any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

      A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:

      (1) DTC (a) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, Holdings fails to appoint a successor depositary;

      (2) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes (DTC has advised the Issuer that, in such event, under its current practices, DTC would notify its participants of the Issuer’s request, but will only withdraw beneficial interests from a Global Note at the request of each DTC participant); or

      (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Same Day Settlement and Payment

      The Issuer will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Issuer expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

53

      Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the Issuer that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

Certain Definitions

      Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

      “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

      (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

      (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

      “Additional Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

      “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. No Person (other than Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings) in whom a Receivables Subsidiary makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

      “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any note on any redemption date, the greater of:

      (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the note; or

      (2) the excess of:

      (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the note at October 15 , 2010, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “— Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the note through October 15, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

      (b) the principal amount of the note.

      “Asset Sale” means:

      (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

54

      (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of Holdings’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law).

      Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

      (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million;

      (2) a transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

      (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

      (4) the sale or lease of inventory, products, services, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in Holdings’s reasonable judgment, are no longer either used or needed in the business of the entity making such disposition;

      (5) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

      (6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

      (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

      (8) the creation of any Lien pursuant to the Liens covenant;

      (9) sales or dispositions of past due accounts receivable or notes receivable;

      (10) leases or subleases of property to the extent not materially interfering with the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

      (11) trade-ins or exchanges of equipment or other fixed assets;

      (12) sales of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Subsidiary for the fair market value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the book value thereof as determined in accordance with GAAP; it being understood that, for the purposes of this clause (12), notes received in exchange for the transfer of accounts receivable and related assets will be deemed cash if the Receivables Subsidiary or other payor is required to repay such notes as soon as practicable from available cash collections (less amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to contractual agreements with entities that are not Affiliates of Holdings entered into as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction); and

      (13) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

      “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

      “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

      “Board of Directors” means:

      (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

55

      (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

      (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

      (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

      “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity of a capital lease obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

      “Capital Stock” means:

      (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

      (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

      (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

      (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

      “Cash Equivalents” means:

      (1) United States dollars;

      (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

      (3) time deposits maturing no more than thirty days from the date of creation, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

      (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

      (5) any money market deposit account issued or offered by any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any U.S. commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

      (6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

      (7) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, rated at least “A” by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s and having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

      (8) money market funds that invest primarily in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition;

56

      (9) auction rate securities rated not less than AAA by S&P an not less than Aaa by Moody’s; and

      (10) in the case of Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Domestic Subsidiaries, substantially similar instruments to those set forth in clauses (1) through (9) above, provided that a Thomson Bank Watch Rating will not be required.

      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

      (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);

      (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Holdings;

      (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Holdings, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

      (4) Holdings consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Holdings, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of Holdings outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and any transaction where, immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becomes, directly or indirectly, the ultimate Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person.

      “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

      “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued thereafter.

      “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

      (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual loss or charge plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

      (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

      (3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

      (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

57

      (5) any impairment loss of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, relating to goodwill or other intangible assets to the extent included in the calculation of Net Income; plus

      (6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

      (7) any amortization of debt issuance costs relating to the notes; minus

      (8) other non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

      Solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of Holdings only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Holdings by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

      “Consolidated Net Assets” of any Person means, as of any date, the amount which in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, less current liabilities.

      “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

      (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions or payments are paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

      (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that Consolidated Net Income for such Restricted Subsidiary will be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Restricted Subsidiary in respect to such period, to the extent not already included therein;

      (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

      (4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries.

      “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Holdings who:

      (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the indenture; or

      (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

58

      “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2004, as amended as of September 12, 2005, by and among Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, certain lenders named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Suntrust Bank, Harris Trust and Savings Bank, HSBC Bank USA and LaSalle Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agents and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner, providing for revolving credit, letter of credit and swingline loan borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

      “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

      “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

      “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officers’ certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

      “Designated Senior Debt” means:

      (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities;

      (2) any Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness constituting Designated Senior Debt; and

      (3) to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under the indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by Holdings as “Designated Senior Debt.”

      “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Holdings to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Holdings may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.” The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the indenture will be the maximum amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

      “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is (1) a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code (a) whose primary operating assets are located outside the United States, (b) that is not subject to tax under Section 882(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States because of a trade or business

59

within the United States and (c) that does not guarantee or otherwise provide direct credit support for any Indebtedness of Holdings or (2) a Subsidiary of an entity described in the preceding clause (1).

      “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

      “Equity Offering” means any public or private placement of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of Holdings) to any Person other than any Subsidiary thereof.

      “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, the notes or the Note Guarantees) in existence on the date of the indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

      “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by (a) if the value of the assets or securities required to be valued is less than $10.0 million, senior management of Holdings, whose determination (unless otherwise provided in the indenture) will be conclusive if evidenced by an officers’ certificate, or (b) in all other cases, the Board of Directors of Holdings, whose determination (unless otherwise provided in the indenture) will be conclusive if evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

      “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary revolving credit borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

      In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

      (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (determined in good faith and based on the reasonable judgment of the chief financial officer) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

      (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

      (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

      (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

60

      (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

      (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

      “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

      (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

      (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

      (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

      (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of the indenture.

      “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

      “Guarantors” means each of:

      (1) Holdings;

      (2) Holdings’s direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries existing on the date of the indenture that guarantee any Credit Facility, other than the Issuer; and

      (3) any other Subsidiary of Holdings that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the indenture,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the indenture.

61

      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

      (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

      (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

      (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

      (1) in respect of borrowed money;

      (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

      (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

      (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

      (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

      (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

      In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person); provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

      “Investment Grade” means, with respect to Moody’s, a rating of Baa3 or, with respect to S&P, a rating of BBB- or better (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the notes, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Rating Agency selected by Holdings).

      “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of Holdings, Holdings will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Holdings’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Holdings or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.” Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

62

      “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in, except in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction, and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

      “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

      “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

      (1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

      (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss); and

      (3) any impairment charge or write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard No. 142; provided, however, that such impairment charge or write-off will be excluded only if such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, has positive net income before the deduction of such impairment charge.

      “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component thereof), received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of

      (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale,

      (2) appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale,

      (3) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

      (4) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, other than Senior Debt secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and

      (5) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP;

provided that excess amounts set aside for payment of taxes pursuant to clause (2) above remaining after such taxes have been paid in full or the statute of limitations therefor has expired at that time become Net Proceeds.

      “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

      (1) as to which neither Holdings nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

      (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice,

63

lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

      (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

      “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under the indenture and the notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the indenture.

      “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, gross-ups, damages, costs and expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

      “Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the date of the indenture and any businesses similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof.

      “Permitted Investments” means:

      (1) any Investment in Holdings or in a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

      (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

      (3) any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

      (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; or

      (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

      (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales;”

      (5) any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings;

      (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

      (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

      (8) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

      (9) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are expected at the time of such advance ultimately to be recorded as an expense in conformity with GAAP;

      (10) Investments existing on the date of the indenture;

      (11) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

      (12) any Investment received in exchange for the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

      (13) repurchases of the notes;

64

      (14) investments in a joint venture engaged in a Permitted Business in an amount, together with any other amount under this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 10% of Holdings’s Consolidated Net Assets;

      (15) Guarantees permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant “Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;

      (16) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

      (17) the acquisition by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction of Equity Interests of a trust or other Person established by such Receivables Subsidiary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and any other Investment by Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such other Investment is in the form of a note or other instrument that the Receivables Subsidiary or other Person is required to repay as soon as practicable from available cash collections (less amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to contractual agreements with entities that are not Affiliates of Holdings entered into as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction); and

      (18) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

      “Permitted Junior Securities” means:

      (1) Equity Interests in the Issuer or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization; or

      (2) debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to at least the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under the indenture.

      “Permitted Liens” means:

      (1) Liens on assets of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

      (2) Liens in favor of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

      (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with Holdings or the Subsidiary;

      (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

      (5) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other kinds of social security, or to secure the payment or performance of tenders, bids, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

      (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

65

      (7) Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

      (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

      (9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

      (10) Liens incurred to secure property owned or financed by customers, suppliers or other contractors used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

      (11) any interest or title of a lessor in any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease;

      (12) liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to letters of credit and the product and proceeds thereof;

      (13) liens securing Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the indenture;

      (14) leases and subleases granted to lessors;

      (15) liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

      (16) customary non-assignment provisions in leases and other agreements entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

      (17) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

      (18) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the notes (or the Note Guarantees);

      (19) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

      (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

      (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; and

      (20) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that (a) the incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and (b) such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by the Indenture;

      (21) prejudgment liens and judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceeding that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment has not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated has not expired;

      (22) Liens securing Indebtedness of non-Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the first paragraph of the covenant “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or clause (16) of the second paragraph of the same;

      (23) Liens on assets of Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings or a Receivables Subsidiary incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

66

      (24) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to obligations that do not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding.

      “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

      (1) the principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums incurred in connection therewith);

      (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date (or redemption date, if applicable) later than the final maturity date (or redemption date, if applicable) of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

      (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Note Guarantee, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of such Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the holders of notes or Note Guarantee as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

      (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by Holdings or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may guarantee Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor or guarantor of the indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

      “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

      “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions upon liquidation.

      “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to (1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

      “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the notes, any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by Holdings as a replacement agency).

      “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of Holdings which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings (as provided below) to be a Receivables Subsidiary (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (1) is guaranteed by Holdings or any Subsidiary of

67

Holdings (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction), (2) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (3) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than accounts receivable and related assets as provided in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than on terms no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Holdings) other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (c) with which neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings giving effect to such designation, together with an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

      “Replacement Assets” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become, on the date of acquisition thereof, a Restricted Subsidiary.

      “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

      “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

      “Senior Debt” means:

      (1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities (including the Credit Agreement) and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, whether outstanding on the date of the indenture or incurred thereafter;

      (2) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Note Guarantee; and

      (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law).

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:

      (1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by Holdings;

      (2) any intercompany Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to Holdings or any of its Affiliates;

      (3) any trade payables;

      (4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the indenture, provided that a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of Holdings evidenced by a board resolution, or a good faith determination by the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings evidenced by an officer’s

68

certificate, that any Indebtedness being incurred under the Credit Facilities is permitted by the indenture will be conclusive;

      (5) Indebtedness that, when incurred, was classified as non-recourse in accordance with GAAP or any unsecured claim arising in respect thereof by reason of the application of section 1111(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code;

      (6) any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in respect of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

      (7) any Indebtedness owed to any employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

      “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the indenture.

      “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

      (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

      (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

      “Transactions” means the transactions set forth in this prospectus under the caption “Summary — The Tender Offer” or the purchase for value of up to $199.5 million of common stock of Holdings through open-market purchases.

      “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to October 15, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to October 15, 2010, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

      “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings that is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

      (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

      (2) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Holdings;

69

      (3) is a Person with respect to which neither Holdings nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

      (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such credit support would be released upon such designation.

      “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

      “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

      (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

      (2) the then-outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

      The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations. This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, judicial authority, published administrative positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this document, and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our statements and conclusions. This summary deals only with holders that purchase notes at their original issuance at their issue price (the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes is sold for money to the public, not including bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and that will hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of United States federal income taxation that might be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances or status, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, S corporations, partnerships or other pass-through entities, insurance companies, broker/ dealers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, and taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax. This summary also does not discuss notes held as part of a hedge, straddle, synthetic security or conversion transaction, or situations in which the “functional currency” of a United States holder (as defined below) is not the United States dollar. Moreover, the effect of any applicable estate, state, local or non-United States tax laws is not discussed.

      THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE. INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE ESTATE TAX LAWS OR THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-UNITED STATES TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

70

      The term “United States holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

      (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

      (2) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

      (3) an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

      (4) a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more United States persons has the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (ii) in the case of a trust that was treated as a domestic trust under the law in effect before 1997, a valid election is in place under applicable Treasury regulations to treat such trust as a domestic trust.

      The term “non-United States holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is an individual, a corporation, an estate or a trust that is not a United States holder.

      If an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partner of a partnership purchasing the notes should consult with its own tax advisors about the United States federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.

United States Holders

      Payment of Interest. The stated interest on a note will be taken into account by a United States holder as ordinary income at the time such interest is accrued or received in accordance with the holder’s regular method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. The notes are not expected to be issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code.

      Exchange of Notes in the Exchange Offer. The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to United States holders. Consequently, a United States holder will not recognize gain upon receipt of a new note, the United States holder’s tax basis in the new note will be the same as its adjusted tax basis in the corresponding old note immediately before the exchange, and the United States holder’s holding period in the new note will include the holder’s holding period in the old note exchanged therefor.

      Market Discount. If a United States holder purchases a note at a greater than de minimis market discount and thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition of the note, the gain will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount which accrued (on a straight line basis, or, if the United States holder so elects, on a constant yield basis) while the note was held by such United States holder. For this purpose, market discount means the amount by which the United States holder’s tax basis in the note immediately after its acquisition is exceeded by the sum of all amounts (other than stated interest) payable with respect to the note after the date of acquisition. Market discount is considered de minimis if it is less than 0.25 percent, multiplied by the number of remaining complete years to maturity, and multiplied by the sum of all amounts (other than interest) payable with respect to the note.

      A United States holder may elect to currently include accrued market discount in gross income (which would correspondingly increase the United States holder’s tax basis in the notes) rather than upon disposition of the notes. This election once made applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year to which the election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. A United States holder of notes acquired at a market discount generally will be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such notes until the market discount is recognized upon a subsequent disposition of such notes. Such a deferral is not required, however, if the United States holder elects to currently include accrued market discount in gross income.

71

      Bond Premium. A United States holder that purchases a note for an amount in excess of its stated redemption price at maturity will be considered to have purchased the note at a premium. A United States holder generally may elect to amortize any premium on a note by offsetting payments of stated interest on the note with the premium allocable to the accrual period or periods to which the stated interest relates. The offset occurs at the time the holder of the note includes the stated interest in its gross income in accordance with its regular method of tax accounting. The amount of premium allocable to each accrual period is determined using a constant yield method. Any election to amortize premium would apply to all debt securities (other than debt securities the interest on which is excludable from gross income) held or subsequently acquired by the United States holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.

      Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes. Upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of a note (other than an exchange of notes in the exchange offer, as described above), a United States holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition (not including the amount allocable to accrued and unpaid interest not previously included in gross income, which will be treated as ordinary interest income) and (ii) that holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. The amount realized will be equal to the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the disposition of the note. A United States holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal that holder’s purchase price for the note reduced by any principal payments on the note received by such holder. The capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States holder’s holding period in the note exceeds one year at the time of the disposition.

      Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax. In general, we must report certain information to the IRS with respect to payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on a note (including the payment of liquidated damages) and payments of the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note to certain non-corporate United States holders. The payor (which may be us or an intermediate payor) will be required to withhold backup withholding tax currently at a rate of 28% if (i) the payee fails to furnish a taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) to the payor or establish an exemption from backup withholding, (ii) the IRS notifies the payor that the TIN furnished by the payee is incorrect, (iii) there has been a notified payee underreporting with respect to interest or dividends described in Section 3406(c) of the Code or (iv) the payee has not certified under penalties of perjury that it has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the payee that it is subject to backup withholding under the Code. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a United States holder will be allowed as a credit against that holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-United States Holders

      Payment of Interest. Generally, interest income of a non-United States holder with respect to the notes that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business (or, in the case of a treaty resident, is not attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States) will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax, provided that (i) the non-United States holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote, (ii) the non-United States holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related to us actually or constructively through stock ownership, (iii) the non-United States holder is not a bank that acquired the notes in consideration for an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business and (iv) either (a) the non-United States holder provides an applicable IRS Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute form) signed under penalties of perjury that includes its name and address and certifies as to its non-United States status in compliance with applicable law and regulations, or (b) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business holds the notes and provides a statement to us or our agent under penalties of perjury in which it certifies that an applicable

72

IRS Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute form) has been received by it from the non-United States holder or qualifying intermediary and furnishes a copy to us or our agent.

      Except to the extent that an applicable treaty otherwise provides, a non-United States holder generally will be taxed in the same manner as a United States holder with respect to interest that is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States holder. Effectively connected interest received by a corporate non-United States holder may also, in some circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate). Even though such effectively connected interest is subject to United States federal income tax, and may be subject to the branch profits tax, it is not subject to withholding tax if the holder delivers a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or a suitable substitute form) to the payor.

      Exchange of Notes in the Exchange Offer. The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “— United States Holders — Exchange of Notes in the Exchange Offer.”

      Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes. A non-United States holder of a note generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized on a sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of the note (other than any amount representing accrued but unpaid interest on the note, which is subject to the rules discussed above under “— Non-United States Holders — Payment of Interest”) unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States holder (and, in the case of a treaty resident, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States) or (ii) in the case of a non-United States holder who is an individual, such holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met.

      Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax. United States information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax generally will not apply to payments on a note to a non-United States holder if the non-United States holder certifies that such holder is a foreign person as described in “— Non-United States Holders — Payment of Interest,” provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      Each broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the old notes that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

      We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

73

LEGAL MATTERS

      Certain matters with respect to the validity of the new notes will be passed upon for us by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of Dycom Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended July 30, 2005 included in this prospectus and, with respect to management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are included or incorporated by reference herein, and have been so included or incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We file certain annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission and those documents are available through our website at www.dycomind.com. This website URL is an inactive textual reference only. Except for the SEC filings, the information on the website is not part of this prospectus. You may also read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Additionally, the SEC maintains a website that provides online access to reports, proxy and information that registrants such as us file electronically with the SEC at the address http://www.sec.gov.

74

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

      We are “incorporating by reference” specified documents that we file with the SEC, which means:

•  incorporated documents are considered part of this prospectus;

•  we are disclosing important information to you by referring you to those documents; and

•  information that we file in the future with the SEC automatically will update and supersede this prospectus.

      We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any documents that we file with the SEC under section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and before the expiration date of the exchange offer:

•  Our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended July 30, 2005, excluding Item 8;

•  Our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for our fiscal quarter ended October 29, 2005; and

•  Our current reports on Form 8-K, filed on August 19, 2005 (under Items 2.06 and 9.01), September 13, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), September 13, 2005 (under Items 1.01 and 9.01), September 26, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), September 26, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), September 27, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), October 5, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), October 12, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), October 12, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), October 17, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), October 25, 2005 (under Items 1.01, 2.03 and 9.01), December 15, 2005 (under Items 1.01, 8.01 and 9.01), December 20, 2005 (under Item 1.01), December 22, 2005 (under Items 8.01 and 9.01), January 23, 2006 under Items 5.02 and 9.01) and February 1, 2006 (under Item 1.01).

      These documents are filed with the SEC by Dycom Industries, Inc., the parent company of Dycom Investments, Inc. Dycom Industries, Inc.’s file number with the SEC is 001-10613. You may request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning our Corporate Secretary at the following address:

Dycom Industries, Inc.

11770 U.S. Highway 1, Suite 101

Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33408

(561) 627-7171

Exhibits to the filings will not be sent, however, unless those exhibits have specifically been incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

75

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

		Page
Dycom Industries, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets- October 29, 2005 and July 30, 2005		F-2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004		F-3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004		F-4
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		F-6
Dycom Industries, Inc. Audited Financial Statements
	Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm		F-23
	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 30, 2005 and June 31, 2004		F-24
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003		F-25
	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003		F-26
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003		F-27
	Notes to the Financial Statements for the years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003		F-28

F-1

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

			October 29,		July 30,
			2005		2005
			(Unaudited)
			(Dollars in thousands,
			except per share
			amounts)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents			$	61,901	$	83,062
Accounts receivable, net				167,989		161,321
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings				79,963		65,559
Deferred tax assets, net				12,052		12,535
Inventories				8,619		8,116
Other current assets				15,616		11,286
Total current assets				346,140		341,879
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net				113,129		117,145
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill				194,123		194,123
Intangible assets, net				32,484		33,320
Deferred tax assets, net non-current				352		—
Other				14,124		10,242
Total other assets				241,083		237,685
TOTAL			$	700,352	$	696,709
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable			$	32,326	$	37,185
Current portion of long-term debt				2,042		2,749
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings				280		464
Accrued self-insured claims				27,660		28,166
Income taxes payable				12,313		6,598
Other accrued liabilities				36,367		43,550
Total current liabilities				110,988		118,712
LONG-TERM DEBT				186,962		4,179
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS				26,832		22,652
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net non-current				—		1,299
OTHER LIABILITIES				140		57
Total liabilities				324,922		146,899
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, Notes 10, 12 and 15
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
	Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share:
		1,000,000 shares authorized: no shares issued and outstanding		—		—
	Common stock, par value $0.331/3 per share:
		150,000,000 shares authorized:
		40,110,843 and 48,865,186 issued and outstanding, respectively		13,370		16,288
Additional paid-in capital				170,441		355,575
Deferred compensation				—		(2,950	)
Retained earnings				191,619		180,897
Total stockholders’ equity				375,430		549,810
TOTAL			$	700,352	$	696,709

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements — unaudited.

F-2

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

		For the Three Months Ended
		October 29,			October 30,
		2005			2004
		(Unaudited)
		(Dollars in thousands, except
		per share amounts)
REVENUES:
Contract revenues		$	260,898		$	263,166
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation			213,300			208,670
General and administrative (including stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively)			19,455			17,982
Depreciation and amortization			11,381			11,265
Total			244,136			237,917
Interest income			690			116
Interest expense			(842	)		(162	)
Other income, net			1,131			594
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES			17,741			25,797
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES:
	Current		8,187			8,625
	Deferred		(1,168	)		1,551
Total			7,019			10,176
NET INCOME		$	10,722		$	15,621
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
Basic earnings per share		$	0.23		$	0.32
Diluted earnings per share		$	0.23		$	0.32
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
	Basic		47,136,830			48,603,969
	Diluted		47,305,268			49,169,961

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements — unaudited.

F-3

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

				For the Three Months Ended
				October 29,			October 30,
				2005			2004
				(Unaudited)
				(Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income				$	10,722		$	15,621
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities:
			Depreciation and amortization		11,381			11,265
			Bad debts expense (recovery)		42			(384	)
			Gain on disposal of assets		(924	)		(392	)
			Deferred income tax (benefit) expense		(1,168	)		1,551
			Amortization of debt issuance costs		126			145
			Non-cash stock-based compensation expense		994			194
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and divestitures:
	(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
			Accounts receivable, net		(6,710	)		(21,906	)
			Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net		(14,589	)		(2,008	)
			Other current assets		(4,832	)		(3,765	)
			Other assets		566			599
		Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
			Accounts payable		179			1,774
			Accrued self-insured claims and other liabilities		(5,695	)		(4,488	)
			Income taxes payable		5,725			8,582
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities					(4,183	)		6,788
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
			Restricted cash		—			(1,032	)
			Capital expenditures		(12,706	)		(11,464	)
			Proceeds from sale of assets		1,243			796
			Purchase of short-term investments		(27,900	)		(12,000	)
			Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		27,900			12,000
			Cash paid for acquisitions		—			(8,683	)
Net cash used in investing activities					(11,463	)		(20,383	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
			Debt issuance costs		(3,651	)		—
			Proceeds from long-term debt		183,000			—
			Principal payments on long-term debt		(923	)		(1,153	)
			Repurchases of common stock		(184,056	)		—
			Exercise of stock options and other		115			834
Net cash used in financing activities					(5,515	)		(319	)
Net decrease in cash and equivalents					(21,161	)		(13,914	)
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD					83,062			31,383
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD				$	61,901		$	17,469

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements — unaudited.

F-4

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

		For the Three Months
		Ended
		October 29,		October 30,
		2005		2004
		(Dollars in thousands)
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF OTHER CASH FLOW ACTIVITIES AND NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash paid during the period for:
	Interest	$	108	$	233
	Income taxes	$	2,836	$	227
Issuance of restricted stock		$	25	$	19
Purchases of capital assets included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities at period end		$	1,102	$	525
Accrued costs for debt issuance and tender offer included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities at period end		$	3,090	$	—
During the three months ended October 30, 2004, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of RJE Telecom, Inc. and assumed certain liabilities associated with these assets. See Note 3
	Fair market value of net assets acquired			$	9,777
	Cash paid for acquisition			$	9,777

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements — unaudited.

F-5

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unaudited

1.            Basis of Presentation

      Dycom Industries, Inc. (“Dycom” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of specialty contracting services throughout the United States. These services include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric utilities and others.

      The condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and include the results of Dycom and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets of the Company and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three month periods reflect all normal recurring adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such statements. The results of operations for the three months ended October 29, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. For a better understanding of the Company and its financial statements, the Company recommends reading these condensed consolidated financial statements in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended July 30, 2005 included in the Company’s 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on September 9, 2005.

      Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. For the Company, key estimates include revenue recognition for costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, allowance for doubtful accounts, self-insured claims liability, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangibles, and accounting for income taxes, contingencies and litigation. While the Company believes that such estimates are fair when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial position and results of operations taken as a whole, the actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

      Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in order to conform to the current year presentation.

      Restricted Cash — As of October 29, 2005 and July 30, 2005, the Company had approximately $3.6 million in restricted cash which is held as collateral in support of projected workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability obligations. This cash is included in other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in restricted cash are reported in cash flows from investing activities. The Company has reclassified the changes in restricted cash of $1.03 million as a component of cash flows provided by investing activities for the three months ended October 30, 2004 to conform to the current year presentation.

      Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which amended SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) requires measurement of the cost of share-based payment transactions to employees at the fair value of the award on the grant date and recognition of expense over the requisite service, which is generally the vesting period. SFAS No. 123(R) became effective for the Company on July 31, 2005, the first day of fiscal 2006. Prior to July 31, 2005, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25. APB Opinion No. 25 recognizes compensation expense based on the intrinsic value of the equity instrument awarded. Prior to July 31, 2005, no stock-based compensation cost for stock option grants was reflected in net income as all options

F-6

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

      SFAS No. 123(R) requires a modified prospective application and the Company has applied the statement to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled beginning July 31, 2005. Additionally, for unvested stock awards outstanding as of July 31, 2005, compensation costs for the portion of these awards for which the requisite service has not been rendered is required to be recognized as expense. For the three months ended October 29, 2005, approximately $1.0 million in compensation expense has been recognized in general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of operations related to stock options and restricted stock. Compensation costs for these awards are based on fair value at the original grant date. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is based on certain assumptions including stock volatility, the risk free rate of return, expected term, turnover rate, and dividend yield. No stock options were granted during the three months ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004, respectively.

      As the Company has applied the modified prospective application, the Company did not restate prior periods. As such, the pro forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 148 for the three month period ended October 30, 2004 are presented below (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts).

Net income, as reported	$	15,621
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based methods for all awards, net of related tax effects		(1,339	)
Pro forma net income	$	14,282
Earnings per share:
Basic — as reported	$	0.32
Basic — pro forma	$	0.29
Diluted — as reported	$	0.32
Diluted — pro forma	$	0.29
Pro forma weighted average fair value of options granted	$	18.65
Risk-free interest rate		3.7	%
Expected life (years)		6
Expected volatility		59.6	%
Dividends		—

      Comprehensive Income — During the quarter ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004, the Company did not have any changes in its equity resulting from non-owner sources and, accordingly, comprehensive income was equal to the net income amounts presented for the respective periods in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

2. Computation of Earnings Per Share

      The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computation as required by SFAS No. 128. Common stock equivalents related to stock options are excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations if their effect would be anti-dilutive. Stock

F-7

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

options are anti-dilutive when the exercise price is higher than the current market price of the Company’s common stock.

	For the Three Months Ended
	October 29, 2005		October 30, 2004
	(Dollars in thousands,
	except per share amounts)
Net income available to common stockholders (numerator)	$	10,722	$	15,621
Weighted-average number of common shares (denominator)		47,136,830		48,603,969
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.23	$	0.32
Weighted-average number of common shares		47,136,830		48,603,969
Potential common stock arising from stock options		168,438		565,992
Total shares-diluted (denominator)		47,305,268		49,169,961
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.23	$	0.32
Antidilutive weighted shares excluded from the calculation of earnings per share		2,726,991		777,747

3. Acquisitions

      During September 2004, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of RJE Telecom, Inc. (“RJE”) for a cash purchase price of approximately $9.8 million. RJE provides specialty contracting services primarily to telephone companies. The Company accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values on the acquisition date. The operating results of RJE are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. Management determined the fair values used in the purchase price allocation for intangible assets based on estimated discounted future cash flows, and historical data, among other information. The purchase price was allocated as follows (dollars in thousands):

Assets:
Accounts receivable, net		$	4,278
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings			3,735
Property and equipment			395
Intangibles — customer relationships			1,423
Other assets			37
	Total assets		9,868
Liabilities:
Other accrued liabilities			91
	Total liabilities		91
Net assets acquired		$	9,777

      The following unaudited pro forma summaries present the Company’s consolidated results of operations as if the RJE acquisition had occurred on August 1, 2004, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2005. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of

F-8

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

the combined companies had this acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year presented nor is it indicative of future results.

		For the Three
		Months Ended
		October 30, 2004
Revenues		$	269,228
Income before income taxes			26,171
Net income			15,846
Earnings per share:
	Basic	$	0.33
	Diluted	$	0.32

4. Accounts Receivable

      Accounts receivable consist of the following:

	October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Contract billings	$	166,100	$	160,579
Retainage		2,848		1,977
Other receivables		1,506		1,610
Total		170,454		164,166
Less allowance for doubtful accounts		2,465		2,845
Accounts receivable, net	$	167,989	$	161,321

      The allowance for doubtful accounts changed as follows:

	For the Three Months Ended
	October 29, 2005			October 30, 2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of period	$	2,845		$	3,788
Additions charged to (credited against) bad debt expense		42			(384	)
Additions to allowance from acquisitions		—			108
Amounts charged against the allowance, net of recoveries		(422	)		(106	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts at end of period	$	2,465		$	3,406

      As of October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004, the Company expected to collect all retainage balances within the next twelve months. Additionally, the Company believes that none of its significant customers are experiencing significant financial difficulty as of October 29, 2005.

F-9

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

5. Costs and Estimated Earnings on Contracts in Excess of Billings

      Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net, consists of the following:

	October 29, 2005			July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$	65,464		$	52,805
Estimated to date earnings		14,499			12,754
Total costs and estimated earnings		79,963			65,559
Less billings to date		280			464
	$	79,683		$	65,095
Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the captions:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	$	79,963		$	65,559
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(280	)		(464	)
	$	79,683		$	65,095

      The Company recognizes revenue for services from contracts that are based on units of delivery or cost-to-cost measures of the percentage of completion method. The above amounts aggregate the effects of these contracts.

6. Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment consists of the following:

	October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	4,088	$	4,088
Buildings		9,637		9,469
Leasehold improvements		1,718		1,667
Vehicles		141,575		141,124
Furniture and fixtures		25,440		25,629
Equipment and machinery		107,380		106,885
Total		289,838		288,862
Less accumulated depreciation		176,709		171,717
Property and equipment, net	$	113,129	$	117,145

      Depreciation expense and repairs and maintenance expense for the three months ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004 were as follows:

	For the Three Months Ended
	October 29, 2005		October 30, 2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation expense	$	10,546	$	10,472
Repairs and maintenance expense	$	4,470	$	4,771

F-10

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

7. Intangible Assets

      Intangible assets consist of the following:

	Useful Life
	In Years		October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying amount:
Covenants not to compete		5-7	$	1,189	$	1,189
UtiliQuest tradename		—		4,700		4,700
Tradenames		4-5		325		325
Customer relationships		15		32,261		32,261
Backlog		4		953		953
				39,428		39,428
Accumulated amortization:
Covenants not to compete				687		634
Tradenames				201		187
Customer relationships				5,184		4,476
Backlog				872		811
				6,944		6,108
Net			$	32,484	$	33,320

      Amortization expense was $0.8 million for each of the three month periods ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004.

8. Accrued Self-Insured Claims

      The Company retains the risk, up to certain limits, for automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employee group health claims, and locate damage claims. With regard to losses occurring in fiscal year 2006, the Company has retained the risk to $1.0 million on a per occurrence basis for workers compensation and for automobile liability. For general liability, the Company has retained the risk to $250,000, except with respect to UtiliQuest Holdings Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary, for which the Company has retained the risk to $2.0 million for general liability. Within its umbrella coverage, the Company has retained the risk of loss for automobile liability and general liability and damage claims between $2.0 million and $5.0 million, on a per occurrence basis, with an aggregate stop loss for this layer of $10.0 million. The retention amounts are applicable in those states in which the Company operates and is allowed to retain the risk. For fiscal year 2006, the Company has an aggregate stop loss coverage for these exposures at a stated retention of approximately $40.5 million and an umbrella liability coverage to a policy limit of $100.0 million.

      For losses under the Company’s employee health plan occurring during fiscal 2006, the Company has retained the risk, on an annual basis, of $200,000 per participant. For fiscal 2006, the Company has an aggregate stop loss coverage for this exposure at the stated retention of approximately $27.5 million.

F-11

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

      Accrued self-insured claims consist of the following:

	October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
Accrued auto, general liability and workers’ compensation	$	12,446	$	13,538
Accrued employee group health		3,633		3,782
Accrued damage claims		11,581		10,846
		27,660		28,166
Non-current:
Accrued auto, general liability and workers’ compensation		22,080		18,175
Accrued damage claims		4,752		4,477
		26,832		22,652
Total accrued self-insured claims	$	54,492	$	50,818

9. Other Accrued Liabilities

      Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

	October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Accrued payroll and related taxes	$	16,690	$	15,844
Accrued employee bonus and benefit costs		1,892		8,734
Accrued construction costs		6,417		9,789
Other		11,368		9,183
Other accrued liabilities	$	36,367	$	43,550

10. Long-Term Debt

      Long-term debt consists of the following:

	October 29, 2005		July 30, 2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Senior subordinated notes	$	150,000	$	—
Borrowings under Credit Agreement		33,000		—
Capital leases		2,361		3,266
Other long-term debt		3,643		3,662
		189,004		6,928
Less current portion		2,042		2,749
Long-term debt, non-current	$	186,962	$	4,179

      In October 2005, Dycom Investments, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $150.0 million of 8.125% senior subordinated notes (“Notes”) due October 2015. Interest payments are due semi-annually on April 15th and October 15th, beginning April 15, 2006. The Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company (see Note 17). The indenture governing the Notes contains certain covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to: make certain payments, including the payment of dividends; incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock; create liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; merge or consolidate with another entity; sell assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. As of October 29, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions

F-12

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

under the Notes. Additionally, in October 2005, the Company borrowed $33.0 million under its five-year $300 million unsecured revolving Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”). The aggregate proceeds from the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the Notes was used to purchase 8.76 million shares of the Company’s common stock (see Note 13). In connection with issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into a First Amendment (“the Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement to permit the use of borrowings and cash on hand, in an aggregate amount of not more than $225.0 million, to repurchase common stock of the Company. The Credit Agreement, as amended, permits the Company to issue up to $200.0 million of senior subordinated notes and/or borrow up to $75.0 million under the Credit Agreement to fund repurchases of common stock. The Amendment also amends, among other things, certain financial covenants in the Credit Agreement. After giving effect to the Amendment, the Company is required to (i) maintain a consolidated leverage ratio of not greater than 3.00 to 1.0., (ii) maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.75 to 1.00, as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter and (iii) maintain consolidated tangible net worth, which shall be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter, of not less than $50.0 million plus 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) from September 8, 2005 to the date of computation plus 75% of the equity issuances made from September 8, 2005 to the date of computation. As of October 29, 2005, the Company had $33.0 million of borrowings and $43.2 million of outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement. The outstanding letters of credit are primarily issued to insurance companies as part of the Company’s self-insurance program. At October 29, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants and conditions under the Credit Agreement and had borrowing availability of $149.8 million under the Credit Agreement.

      Additionally, the Company has $2.4 million in capital lease obligations and $3.6 million due under a long-term note. The capital lease obligations are in respect to certain vehicles and computer equipment that expire at various dates into fiscal 2007. The long-term note bears interest at 6%, payable semi-annually on March 31 and September 30, and is due in November 2006. The capital lease obligations and long-term note were assumed in connection with a fiscal 2004 acquisition. Amounts due under the long-tern note may be set-off against certain indemnification claims, if any, by the acquired subsidiary against the obligor.

      Maturities of the Company’s long-term debt are as follows:

	Long-term
	Debt
	(Dollars in thousands)
2006	$	2,083
2007		3,965
2008		2
2009		2
2010		33,002
Thereafter		150,004
		189,058
Portion representing interest on capital leases		(54	)
	$	189,004

F-13

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

11. Other income, net

      The components of other income, net, are as follows:

	For the Three Months Ended
	October 29, 2005		October 30, 2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Gain on sale of fixed assets	$	924	$	392
Miscellaneous income		207		202
Total other income, net	$	1,131	$	594

12. Commitments and contingencies

      The federal employment tax returns for two of the Company’s subsidiaries have been audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). As a result of the audit, the Company received a proposed assessment from the IRS in March 2004. At issue, according to the examination reports, are the taxpayers’ characterization of certain employee reimbursements for the calendar years 2000 and 2001. The Company reached an agreed assessment with the IRS regarding one of the two subsidiaries. The Company recorded the amount of the agreed assessment, which was paid during fiscal 2005, against the accrual for this matter that was established in fiscal 2004. Subsequent to this agreement, $7.4 million of the proposed assessment is still at issue. The Company continues to disagree with the amount of the proposed assessment with respect to the other subsidiary and is pursuing an administrative appeal of this matter which the Company intends to vigorously defend. The Company believes it has a number of legal defenses available that may substantially reduce the proposed assessment and has therefore not recorded any significant liability with respect to the remaining assessment.

      In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain, consequently judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and the associated income tax assets and liabilities. The Company regularly assesses its position with regard to individual tax exposures and records liabilities for uncertain tax positions according to the principles of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. These liabilities reflect management’s best estimate of the likely outcomes of current and potential future audits.

      In the normal course of business, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have pending claims and legal proceedings. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based on information available at this time, that none of the current claims or proceedings will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

13. Capital Stock

      On September 12, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a repurchase of up to 9.5 million outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, at a price per share not less than $18.50 and not greater than $21.00 through a “Dutch Auction” tender offer. The final number of shares purchased under the tender offer, which expired on October 11, 2005, was 8.76 million shares at a purchase price of $21.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $186.2 million including fees and expenses. The tender offer was funded with the issuance of $150.0 million in Notes, borrowings of $33.0 million from the Credit Agreement (see Note 10), and cash on hand.

      On November 26, 2002, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2002 Directors Restricted Stock Plan whereby non-employee directors must elect to receive a minimum percentage of their annual retainer fees in restricted shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has reserved 100,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the plan. The number of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock to be granted is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on

F-14

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

the date such fees are payable. As of October 29, 2005, 11,810 shares had been issued under this plan at a weighted average market price of $20.17 per share.

14. Stock Option Plans

      The Company has six stock option plans: the 1991 Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 1991 Plan”), the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 1998 Plan”), the Arguss Communications, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (“the 1991 Arguss Plan”), 1994 Directors Stock Option Plan (“the 1994 Directors Plan”), the 2001 Directors Stock Option Plan (“the 2001 Directors Plan”), and the 2003 Long-term Incentive Plan (“the 2003 Plan”). The 1991 Plan and the 1994 Directors Plan have expired and no further options will be granted under these plans. Additionally, no further options will be granted under the 1991 Arguss Plan. At October 29, 2005, there were 69,426 options, 12,000 options, and 197,177 options outstanding under the 1991 Plan, the 1994 Directors Plan, and the 1991 Arguss Plan, respectively.

      Under the 1998 Plan and the 2003 Plan, the Company may grant equity awards to key employees for up to approximately 3.3 million and 2.0 million shares of common stock, respectively, until the plans expire in 2008 and 2013, respectively. Under the terms of these plans, options are granted at the closing price on the date of the grant and are exercisable over a period of up to ten years. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved the accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options granted under these Plans to current employees and officers with per share exercise prices equal to or greater than $23.92 (the closing market price on the day of acceleration), so that each such option became fully vested. Approximately 1.4 million options to purchase shares became exercisable immediately as a result of the vesting acceleration. Approximately 0.4 million unvested options under these Plans with per share exercise prices below $23.92 were not accelerated. The options that were not accelerated vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period, beginning immediately on the date of the grant. At October 29, 2005, there were 2,259,594 options outstanding and 527,800 options available for grant under the 1998 Plan, and 979,700 options outstanding and 865,750 options available for grant under 2003 Plan.

      Under the 2001 Director Plan, the Company may grant options to directors for up to 240,000 shares of common stock until the plan expires in 2011. Under the terms of this plan, options are granted at the closing price on the date of the grant and are exercisable over a period of up to five years. The options vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period, beginning immediately on the date of the grant. At October 29, 2005, there were 79,000 options outstanding and 159,500 options available for grant under the 2001 Director Plan.

      The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) on July 31, 2005 (see Note 1, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation). As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on July 31, 2005, the Company’s income before income taxes and net income for the three months ended October 29, 2005 was $0.7 million lower and $0.6 million lower, respectively, than if it had continued to account for share-based payment arrangements under APB Opinion No. 25. The effect of the change from applying the original provisions of SFAS 123 on basic and diluted earnings per share, and cash flows from operating and financing activities for the three months ended October 29, 2005 was immaterial.

15. Related Party Transactions

      The Company leases administrative offices from entities related to officers of certain of its subsidiaries. The total expense under these arrangements for the three months ended October 29, 2005 and October 30, 2004 were $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

F-15

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unaudited

16. Segment Information

      The Company operates throughout the United States in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor. The Company provides engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric utilities and others. These services are provided by the Company’s various subsidiaries. All of the Company’s subsidiaries have been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar customer bases, products and production methods, and distribution methods. The following table presents information regarding revenues by type of customer:

	For the Three Months Ended
	October 29, 2005		October 30, 2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Telecommunications	$	184,259	$	197,083
Utility line locating		57,783		54,454
Electric utilities and other construction and maintenance		18,856		11,629
Total contract revenues	$	260,898	$	263,166

17. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

      In October 2005, the Company completed an offering of $150.0 million of 8.125% senior subordinated notes (see Note 10). The Notes were issued by Dycom Investments, Inc. (“Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The following condensed consolidating financial statements present, in separate columns, financial information for (i) Dycom Industries, Inc. (“Parent”) on a parent only basis, (ii) Issuer, (iii) guarantor subsidiaries for the Notes on a combined basis, (iv) other non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, (v) the eliminations and reclassifications necessary to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis, and (vi) the Company on a consolidated basis. The condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method. Under this method, the investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost and adjusted for the Company’s share of subsidiaries’ cumulative results of operations, capital contributions, distributions and other equity changes.

      Each guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiary is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Issuer and Parent and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each guarantor subsidiary and Parent. There are no contractual restrictions limiting transfers of cash from guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries to Issuer or Parent, with in the meaning of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.

F-16

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET — (Unaudited)

OCTOBER 29, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

					Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	61,821	$	80		$	—		$	61,901
Accounts receivable, net		4		—		167,824		161			—			167,989
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings		—		—		79,963		—			—			79,963
Deferred tax assets, net		1,146		—		10,553		353			—			12,052
Inventories		—		—		8,619		—			—			8,619
Other current assets		8,235		—		7,301		80			—			15,616
Total current assets		9,385		—		336,081		674			—			346,140
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		886		—		108,464		3,779			—			113,129
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill		—		—		194,123		—			—			194,123
Intangible assets, net		—		—		32,484		—			—			32,484
Deferred tax assets, net non-current		1,881		—		—		—			(1,529	)		352
Investment in subsidiaries		647,489		895,384		—		—			(1,542,873	)		—
Intercompany receivables		—		—		335,238		—			(335,238	)		—
Other		1,611		4,267		8,236		10			—			14,124
Total other assets		650,981		899,651		570,081		10			(1,879,640	)		241,083
TOTAL	$	661,252	$	899,651	$	1,014,626	$	4,463		$	(1,879,640	)	$	700,352
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	2,590	$	—	$	29,690	$	46		$	—		$	32,326
Current portion of long-term debt		—		—		2,042		—			—			2,042
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		—		—		280		—			—			280
Accrued self-insured claims		597		—		26,564		499			—			27,660
Income taxes payable		12,313		—		—		—			—			12,313
Other accrued liabilities		5,836		634		29,363		558			(24	)		36,367
Total current liabilities		21,336		634		87,939		1,103			(24	)		110,988
LONG-TERM DEBT		33,000		150,000		3,962		—			—			186,962
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS		851		—		25,046		935			—			26,832
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net non-current		—		—		911		618			(1,529	)		—
INTERCOMPANY PAYABLES		230,496		101,528		—		3,190			(335,214	)		—
OTHER LIABILITIES		139		—		1		—			—			140
Total liabilities		285,822		252,162		117,859		5,846			(336,767	)		324,922
Total stockholders’ equity		375,430		647,489		896,767		(1,383	)		(1,542,873	)		375,430
TOTAL	$	661,252	$	899,651	$	1,014,626	$	4,463		$	(1,879,640	)	$	700,352

F-17

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET — (Unaudited)

JULY 30, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

					Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor		Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Subsidiaries		Reclassifications			Consolidated
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	82,951	$	111	$	—		$	83,062
Accounts receivable, net		3		—		161,049		269		—			161,321
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings		—		—		65,549		10		—			65,559
Deferred tax assets, net		1,217		—		10,847		471		—			12,535
Inventories		—		—		8,116		—		—			8,116
Other current assets		4,068		—		7,208		10		—			11,286
Total current assets		5,288		—		335,720		871		—			341,879
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		869		—		112,418		3,858		—			117,145
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill		—		—		194,123		—		—			194,123
Intangible assets, net		—		—		33,320		—		—			33,320
Deferred tax assets, net non-current		1,733		—		—		—		(1,733	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		636,044		883,148		—		—		(1,519,192	)		—
Intercompany receivables		—		—		329,850		—		(329,850	)		—
Other		1,093		—		9,140		9		—			10,242
Total other assets		638,870		883,148		566,433		9		(1,850,775	)		237,685
TOTAL	$	645,027	$	883,148	$	1,014,571	$	4,738	$	(1,850,775	)	$	696,709
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	1,483	$	—	$	35,661	$	41	$	—		$	37,185
Current portion of long-term debt		—		—		2,749		—		—			2,749
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		—		—		464		—		—			464
Accrued self-insured claims		824		—		26,748		594		—			28,166
Income taxes payable		6,598		—		—		—		—			6,598
Other accrued liabilities		4,816		—		38,216		518		—			43,550
Total current liabilities		13,721		—		103,838		1,153		—			118,712
LONG TERM-DEBT		—		—		4,179		—		—			4,179
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS		1,045		—		20,851		756		—			22,652
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net non-current		—		—		2,566		466		(1,733	)		1,299
INTERCOMPANY PAYABLES		80,395		247,104		—		2,351		(329,850	)		—
OTHER LIABILITIES		56		—		1		—		—			57
Total liabilities		95,217		247,104		131,435		4,726		(331,583	)		146,899
Total stockholders’ equity		549,810		636,044		883,136		12		(1,519,192	)		549,810
TOTAL	$	645,027	$	883,148	$	1,014,571	$	4,738	$	(1,850,775	)	$	696,709

F-18

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS — (Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 29, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

							Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
REVENUES:
Contract revenues	$	—		$	—		$	260,898		$	—		$	—		$	260,898
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation		—			—			213,300			—			—			213,300
General and administrative		4,551			156			14,222			526			—			19,455
Depreciation and amortization		109			—			11,193			79			—			11,381
Intercompany charges (income), net		(4,009	)		—			3,579			430			—			—
Total		651			156			242,294			1,035			—			244,136
Interest income		4			—			686			—			—			690
Interest expense		(154	)		(634	)		(54	)		—			—			(842	)
Other income, net		2			—			1,129			—			—			1,131
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(799	)		(790	)		20,365			(1,035	)		—			17,741
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES		(76	)		—			6,734			361			—			7,019
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(723	)		(790	)		13,631			(1,396	)		—			10,722
EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		11,445			12,235			—			—			(23,680	)		—
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	10,722		$	11,445		$	13,631		$	(1,396	)	$	(23,680	)	$	10,722

F-19

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS — (Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 30, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

							Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
REVENUES:
Contract revenues	$	—		$	—		$	260,379		$	2,787		$	—		$	263,166
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation		—			—			206,971			1,699			—			208,670
General and administrative		3,436			4			13,902			640			—			17,982
Depreciation and amortization		87			—			10,942			236			—			11,265
Intercompany charges (income), net		(4,010	)		—			3,135			875			—			—
Total		(487	)		4			234,950			3,450			—			237,917
Interest income, net		6			—			104			6			—			116
Interest expense		—			—			(162	)		—			—			(162	)
Other income, net		—			—			518			76			—			594
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		493			(4	)		25,889			(581	)		—			25,797
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES		193			(2	)		10,208			(223	)		—			10,176
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		300			(2	)		15,681			(358	)		—			15,621
EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		15,321			15,323			—			—			(30,644	)		—
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	15,621		$	15,321		$	15,681		$	(358	)	$	(30,644	)	$	15,621

F-20

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 29, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

								Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and		Dycom
		Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications		Consolidated
Net cash (used by) provided by operating activities		$	(3,079	)	$	—		$	(1,073	)	$	(31	)	$	—	$	(4,183	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Capital expenditures		(127	)		—			(12,579	)		—			—		(12,706	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets		1			—			1,242			—			—		1,243
	Purchase of short-term investments		—			—			(27,900	)		—			—		(27,900	)
	Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		—			—			27,900			—			—		27,900
Net cash used in investing activities			(126	)		—			(11,337	)		—			—		(11,463	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Debt issuance costs		(276	)		(3,375	)		—			—			—		(3,651	)
	Proceeds from long-term debt		33,000			150,000			—			—			—		183,000
	Principal payments on long-term debt		—			—			(923	)		—			—		(923	)
	Repurchases of common stock		(184,056	)		—			—			—			—		(184,056	)
	Exercise of stock options and other		115			—			—			—			—		115
	Intercompany funding		154,422			(146,625	)		(7,797	)		—			—		—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities			3,205			—			(8,720	)		—			—		(5,515	)
Net decrease in cash and equivalents			—			—			(21,130	)		(31	)		—		(21,161	)
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD			—			—			82,951			111			—		83,062
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD		$	—		$	—		$	61,821		$	80		$	—	$	61,901

F-21

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 30, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

							Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
		Parent			Issuer		Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
Net cash provided by operating activities		$	779		$	—	$	5,675		$	334		$	—		$	6,788
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Restricted cash		(1,613	)		—		581			—			—			(1,032	)
	Capital expenditures		—			—		(11,057	)		(407	)		—			(11,464	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets		—			—		754			42			—			796
	Purchase of short-term investments		—			—		(12,000	)		—			—			(12,000	)
	Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		—			—		12,000			—			—			12,000
	Intercompany advances		—			—		(8,683	)		—			8,683			—
	Cash paid for acquisitions		(8,683	)		—		—			—			—			(8,683	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities			(10,296	)		—		(18,405	)		(365	)		8,683			(20,383	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Principal payments on long-term debt		—			—		(1,153	)		—			—			(1,153	)
	Exercise of stock options and other		834			—		—			—			—			834
	Intercompany funding		8,683			—		—			—			(8,683	)		—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities			9,517			—		(1,153	)		—			(8,683	)		(319	)
Net decrease in cash and equivalents			—			—		(13,883	)		(31	)		—			(13,914	)
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD			—			—		31,291			92			—			31,383
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD		$	—		$	—	$	17,408		$	61		$	—		$	17,469

F-22

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Dycom Industries, Inc.

Palm Beach Gardens, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dycom Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 30, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dycom Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report (not presented herein) dated September 8, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

September 8, 2005, except for Note 21, as to which the date is September 30, 2005

F-23

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004

		2005			2004
		(Dollars in thousands,
		except per share
		amounts)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents		$	83,062		$	31,383
Short-term investments			—			20,010
Accounts receivable, net			161,321			131,927
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings			65,559			58,175
Deferred tax assets, net			12,535			11,922
Income taxes receivable			—			6,988
Inventories			8,116			5,353
Other current assets			11,286			10,275
Total current assets			341,879			276,033
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net			117,145			100,353
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill			194,123			224,141
Intangible assets, net			33,320			35,179
Deferred tax assets, net non-current			—			5,561
Other			10,242			10,568
Total other assets			237,685			275,449
TOTAL		$	696,709		$	651,835
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		$	37,185		$	34,348
Notes and capital leases payable			2,749			4,163
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings			464			142
Accrued self-insured claims			28,166			22,297
Income taxes payable			6,598			—
Other accrued liabilities			43,550			41,528
Total current liabilities			118,712			102,478
NOTES AND CAPITAL LEASES PAYABLE			4,179			7,094
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS			22,652			22,473
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net non-current			1,299			—
OTHER LIABILITIES			57			829
Total liabilities			146,899			132,874
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, Notes 10, 16 and 18
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share:
	1,000,000 shares authorized: no shares issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, par value $0.331/3 per share:
	150,000,000 shares authorized: 48,865,186 and 48,596,049 issued and outstanding, respectively		16,288			16,199
Additional paid-in capital			355,575			348,570
Deferred compensation			(2,950	)		(2,391	)
Retained earnings			180,897			156,583
Total stockholders’ equity			549,810			518,961
TOTAL		$	696,709		$	651,835

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-24

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003

		2005			2004			2003
		(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
REVENUES:
Contract revenues		$	986,627		$	872,716		$	618,183
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation			785,616			673,562			482,877
General and administrative			78,960			74,580			68,774
Bad debts expense			767			776			1,285
Depreciation and amortization			46,593			42,066			39,074
Goodwill impairment charge			28,951			—			—
Total			940,887			790,984			592,010
Gain on sale of accounts receivable			—			11,359			—
Interest income			1,341			775			1,509
Interest expense			(417	)		(963	)		(208	)
Other income, net			11,970			4,277			2,981
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES			58,634			97,180			30,455
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
	Current		28,072			35,044			7,529
	Deferred		6,248			3,503			5,777
Total			34,320			38,547			13,306
NET INCOME		$	24,314		$	58,633		$	17,149
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
Basic earnings per share		$	0.50		$	1.21		$	0.36
Diluted earnings per share		$	0.49		$	1.20		$	0.36
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
	Basic		48,746,745			48,348,509			47,880,673
	Diluted		49,184,570			48,819,766			47,886,567

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-25

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004 and July 26, 2003

	Common Stock				Additional
					Paid-In		Deferred			Retained
	Shares		Amount		Capital		Compensation			Earnings
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balances at July 27, 2002		47,846,403	$	15,949	$	334,547	$	—		$	80,801
Stock options exercised		136,299		46		1,746		—			—
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised		—		—		29		—			—
Restricted stock issued to directors		4,066		1		72		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		—			17,149
Balances at July 26, 2003		47,986,768		15,996		336,394		—			97,950
Stock options exercised		324,877		108		4,524		—			—
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised		—		—		681		—			—
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition		175,840		59		4,126		—			—
Issuance of restricted stock		105,000		35		2,767		(2,802	)		—
Non-cash compensation		—		—		—		411			—
Restricted stock issued to directors		3,564		1		78		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		—			58,633
Balances at July 31, 2004		48,596,049		16,199		348,570		(2,391	)		156,583
Stock options exercised and other		215,990		71		3,897		—			—
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised		—		—		1,563		—			—
Issuance of restricted stock		50,000		17		1,461		(1,477	)		—
Non-cash compensation		—		—		—		918			—
Restricted stock issued to directors		3,147		1		84		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		—			24,314
Balances at July 30, 2005		48,865,186	$	16,288	$	355,575	$	(2,950	)	$	180,897

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-26

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003

		2005			2004			2003
		(Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income		$	24,314		$	58,633		$	17,149
Adjustments to reconcile net cash inflow from operating activities:
	Depreciation and amortization		46,593			42,066			39,074
	Bad debts expense		767			776			1,285
	Gain on disposal of assets		(11,018	)		(3,042	)		(1,945	)
	Gain on sale of accounts receivable		—			(11,359	)		—
	Deferred income taxes		6,248			3,503			5,777
	Non-cash compensation expense from the issuance of restricted stock		1,003			490			73
	Goodwill impairment charge		28,951			—			—
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and divestitures:
(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
	Proceeds on sale of receivables, net		—			34,242			—
	Accounts receivable		(25,884	)		11,997			(36,801	)
	Income taxes receivable		6,988			—			—
	Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net		(3,326	)		(17,853	)		(1,116	)
	Other current assets		(6,390	)		(1,661	)		1,440
	Other assets		1,459			2,636			(3,103	)
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
	Accounts payable		2,837			8,409			(3,876	)
	Accrued self-insured claims and other liabilities		6,729			4,338			1,383
	Income taxes payable		8,161			(8,957	)		5,658
Net cash provided by operating activities			87,432			124,218			24,998
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
	Restricted cash		2,924			(91	)		263
	Capital expenditures		(64,543	)		(35,882	)		(19,412	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets		16,178			7,234			6,238
	Purchase of short-term investments		(65,649	)		(106,758	)		(96,467	)
	Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		85,659			141,898			114,505
	Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(8,527	)		(175,202	)		—
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities			(33,958	)		(168,801	)		5,127
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
	Borrowings on note payable		—			85,000			—
	Debt issuance costs		(1,434	)		—			—
	Principal payments on notes and capital leases payable		(4,329	)		(88,368	)		(79	)
	Exercise of stock options and other		3,968			4,632			1,792
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities			(1,795	)		1,264			1,713
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and equivalents			51,679			(43,319	)		31,838
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR			31,383			74,702			42,864
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR		$	83,062		$	31,383		$	74,702
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF OTHER CASH FLOW ACTIVITIES AND NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash paid during the period for:
	Interest	$	435		$	1,140		$	296
	Income taxes	$	13,984		$	46,170		$	6,056
Issuance of restricted stock		$	1,563		$	2,881		$	73
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised		$	1,563		$	681		$	29
During the year ended July 30, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of RJE Telecom, Inc. and assumed certain liabilities associated with these assets. See Note 3.
	Fair market value of net assets acquired	$	9,777
	Cash paid for acquisition	$	9,777
During the year ended July 31, 2004, the Company acquired all of the capital stock of UtiliQuest Holdings Corp. See Note 3.
	Fair market value of net assets acquired, including goodwill				$	116,082
	Less: Cash acquired					(1,394	)
	Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired				$	114,688
During the year ended July 31, 2004, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of First South Utility Construction, Inc. and assumed certain liabilities associated with these assets. See Note 3.
	Fair market value of net assets acquired, including goodwill				$	63,448
	Less: Common stock issued					(4,184	)
	Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired				$	59,264

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-27

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Dycom Industries, Inc. (“Dycom” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of specialty contracting services throughout the United States. These services include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric utilities and others.

      Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the results of Dycom and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      In September 2004, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of RJE Telecom, Inc. (“RJE”). In December 2003, the Company acquired UtiliQuest Holdings Corp. (“UtiliQuest”). In November 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of First South Utility Construction, Inc. (“First South”) and assumed certain liabilities associated with these assets. These acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the Company’s results include the results of these entities from their respective acquisition dates.

      Accounting Period — The Company uses a fiscal year ending the last Saturday in July. Fiscal 2005 consisted of 52 weeks, fiscal 2004 consisted of 53 weeks, and fiscal 2003 consisted of 52 weeks.

      Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. For the Company, key estimates include revenue recognition for costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, allowance for doubtful accounts, self-insured claims liability, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangibles, and accounting for income taxes, contingencies and litigation. While the Company believes that such estimates are fair when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial position and results of operations taken as a whole, the actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

      Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in order to conform to the current year presentation.

      Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue using the units of delivery or cost-to-cost measures of the percentage of completion method of accounting. Revenues from services provided to customers are recognized when services are performed. The majority of the Company’s contracts are based on units of delivery and revenue is recognized as each unit is completed. Revenue from other contracts is recognized using cost-to-cost measures of the percentage of completion method and is based on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs. At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the entire amount of the estimated ultimate loss is accrued.

      The current asset “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings” represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The current liability “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings” represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.

      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Estimates of uncollectible amounts are reviewed each period, and changes are recorded in the period they become known. Management analyzes the collectability of accounts receivable balances each period. This review considers the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, changes in customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, customer payment activity and any other relevant factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimate made by management may also change, which could affect the level of the Company’s future provision for doubtful accounts.

F-28

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Cash and Equivalents — Cash and equivalents include cash balances on deposit in banks, overnight repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and various other financial instruments having an original maturity of three months or less. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers these amounts to be cash equivalents.

      Restricted Cash — At July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, the Company had approximately $3.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, in restricted cash which is held as collateral in support of projected workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability obligations. This cash is included in other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in restricted cash are reported in cash flows from investing activities. The Company has reclassified the changes in restricted cash of $(0.1) million and $0.3 million as a component of cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively, to conform to the current year presentation.

      Short-term Investments — At July 31, 2004, short-term investments consisted of market auction rate debt securities classified as “available for sale” securities. The Company maintains its investments with various financial institutions and minimizes its credit risk associated with investments by only investing in investment grade, liquid securities. The securities are reported at fair value and the Company uses market quotes provided by third parties to adjust the carrying value of its investments to fair value at the end of each period with any related unrealized gains and losses included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of applicable taxes. Realized gains and losses and interest and dividends are included in interest income or interest expense, as appropriate. There were no material realized or unrealized gains or losses related to the securities for any of the fiscal years presented. The Company has reclassified approximately $20.0 million of short-term investments as of July 31, 2004 that were previously presented as cash and equivalents to conform to the current year classification. Additionally, for fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003, the net change in short-term investments of $20.0 million and $35.1 million, and $18.0 million, respectively, is included as a component of cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities. The available for sale securities were classified as current based on the Company’s intent and practice of selling the securities at the scheduled auction dates within twelve months.

      Inventories — Inventories consist primarily of materials and supplies used in the Company’s business and are carried at the lower of cost (first-in, first out) or market (net realizable value). No material obsolescence reserve has been recorded for any of the periods presented.

      Property and Equipment — Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives range from: buildings — 20-31 years; leasehold improvements — the term of the respective lease or the estimated useful life of the improvements, whichever is shorter; new vehicles — 3-7 years; used vehicles — 1-7 years; new equipment and machinery — 2-10 years; used equipment and machinery — 1-10 years; and furniture and fixtures — 3-10 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and major improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in other income.

      Goodwill and Intangible Assets — The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” The Company’s reporting units are tested in accordance with SFAS No. 142 during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year to determine whether their carrying value exceeds their fair market value. Should this be the case, the value of the Company’s goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles may be impaired and written down. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are also tested for impairment on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests which indicate that the asset might be impaired. If the fair value of the intangible asset were less than the carrying value, an impairment loss would be incurred in an amount equal to the difference. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, the Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change which indicate that the carrying

F-29

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset compared to its carrying value. See Note 7.

      Long-Lived Tangible Assets — The Company reviews for impairment of long-lived tangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset compared to its carrying value. Long-lived tangible assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

      Self-Insured Claims Liability — The Company retains the risk, up to certain limits, for automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, locate damage claims, and employee group health claims. A liability for unpaid claims and the associated claim expenses, including incurred but not reported losses, is actuarially determined and reflected in the consolidated financial statements as accrued self-insured claims. Locate damage claims result from property and other damages arising in connection with the Company’s utility locating services. Claims are estimated and developed by the Company based on facts, circumstances and historical evidence. The self-insured claims liability totaled $50.8 million and $44.8 million at July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, respectively, and included incurred but not reported losses of approximately $24.7 million and $20.7 million at July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, respectively. Based on past experience, the Company expects approximately $28.2 million to be paid in the next 12 months.

      Factors affecting the determination of amounts to be accrued for self-insured claims include, but are not limited to, the expected cost for existing and incurred but not reported claims, the frequency of claims, the frequency of use of our health plan by participants, the payment patterns for incurred claims, the hazard level of our operations, the overall level of medical cost inflation, changes in the medical conditions of claimants, economic factors such as inflation, tort reform or other legislative changes, unfavorable jury decisions and court interpretations. If actual results significantly differ from estimates used to calculate the liability, the Company’s financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows may be materially impacted. The calculation of the estimated accrued liability for self-insured claims is subject to inherent uncertainty.

      Income Taxes — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.

      Per Share Data — Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. Potential common stock equivalents that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method. See Notes 2 and 15.

      Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Under SFAS No. 123 and No. 148, companies are permitted to continue to apply Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25. APB Opinion No. 25 recognizes compensation expense based on the intrinsic value of the equity instrument awarded. The Company continued to apply APB Opinion No. 25 to its stock-based compensation awards for fiscal 2005. The fair value of the options granted in fiscal 2005 and 2004 has been estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. The Company’s options do not have the characteristics of traded options and the option valuation models do not necessarily provide a reliable

F-30

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

measure of the fair value as they require the use of subjective assumptions. Changes in these assumptions can materially impact the fair value of the Company’s options. No stock-based compensation cost for stock option grants is reflected in net income as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

      On July 21, 2005, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved the accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options granted under the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Long-term Incentive Plan to employees and officers having per share exercise prices equal to or greater than $23.92 (the closing market price on July 21, 2005). Each of these options became fully vested. Approximately 1.4 million options to purchase shares became exercisable immediately as a result of the vesting acceleration. In the case of officers at or above the level of Senior Vice President, the Compensation Committee imposed a holding period that will require the optionees to refrain from selling common stock acquired upon the exercise of these options (other than shares needed to cover the exercise price and satisfying withholding taxes) until the date on which the exercise would have been permitted under the option’s original vesting terms. The primary purpose of the accelerated vesting was to eliminate future compensation expense the Company would have otherwise recognized in its consolidated statement of operations with respect to these accelerated options upon the adoption SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”. The acceleration of the vesting of these options did not result in a charge based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The acceleration did result in the recognition of an additional $20.6 million of pre-tax expense included in the pro forma disclosures below and the exclusion of such amounts from compensation expense in future years. The pro forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 148 are presented below. These pro forma effects may not be representative of future stock compensation expense since the estimated fair value of stock options on the date of grant is amortized to expense over the vesting period and the vesting of certain options was accelerated on July 21, 2005.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005			2004			2003
	(Dollars in thousands, except per
	share amounts)
Net income, as reported	$	24,314		$	58,633		$	17,149
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based methods for all awards, net of related tax effects		(22,953	)		(5,239	)		(5,070	)
Pro forma net income	$	1,361		$	53,394		$	12,079
Earnings per share:
Basic — as reported	$	0.50		$	1.21		$	0.36
Basic — pro forma	$	0.03		$	1.10		$	0.25
Diluted — as reported	$	0.49		$	1.20		$	0.36
Diluted — pro forma	$	0.03		$	1.09		$	0.25
Pro forma weighted average fair value of options granted	$	19.71		$	14.63		$	7.96
Risk-free interest rate		3.6	%		3.6	%		3.3	%
Expected life (years)		6			6			6
Expected volatility		58.7	%		59.6	%		59.0	%
Dividends		—			—			—

      Comprehensive Income — During fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company did not have any changes in its equity resulting from non-owner sources and, accordingly, comprehensive income was equal to the net income amounts presented for the respective periods in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-31

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The carrying value of cash and equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, accounts receivable, income taxes receivable and payable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items. The Company’s notes and capital leases payable were recorded at fair value in connection with the acquisition of UtiliQuest and approximate fair value based on the rates of interest and the relative short term nature of the instruments.

      Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs — An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4”. SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for certain inventory costs. SFAS No 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” APB No. 29 provided an exception to the basic measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar assets, requiring that some nonmonetary exchanges be recorded on a carryover basis. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception to fair value for exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchange transactions that do not have commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), which amended SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) requires measurement of the cost of share-based payment transactions to employees at the fair value of the award on the grant date and recognition of expense over the requisite service or vesting period. Prior to SFAS No. 123(R), only certain pro-forma disclosures of fair value were required.

      In March 2005, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, “Share-Based Payment” (“SAB 107”). The interpretations in SAB 107 express views of the SEC staff regarding the application of SFAS No. 123(R). SAB 107 provides interpretive guidance related to the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations, as well as provides the SEC’s views regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements. In April 2005, the SEC adopted a new rule amending the effective dates of SFAS No. 123(R) for public companies by issuing Release 33-8568. The new rule allows registrants to implement SFAS No. 123(R) at the beginning of their next fiscal year that beings after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 123(R) is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. On July 21, 2005 the Company accelerated the vesting of approximately 1.4 million options with per share exercise prices equal to or greater than $23.92 so that each such option became fully vested in order to eliminate future compensation expense the Company would otherwise have recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations upon the adoption SFAS No. 123(R) (see Note 1, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation). Based on the remaining unvested options at July 30, 2005, the Company expects to incur non-cash compensation expense of approximately $2.0 million during fiscal 2006.

      In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 (FIN 47), “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations”, which requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred which is generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and/or through the normal operation of the asset. FIN 47 clarifies the term “conditional asset retirement obligation” as used in FASB No. 143 and clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of the asset retirement obligation. FIN 47 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The adoption of FIN 47 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

F-32

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. SFAS No. 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes the accounting and reporting requirements of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 154 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

2. Computation of Earnings Per Share

      The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computation as required by SFAS No. 128. Common stock equivalents related to stock options are excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations if their effect would be anti-dilutive.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005		2004		2003
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income available to common stockholders (numerator)	$	24,314	$	58,633	$	17,149
Weighted-average number of common shares (denominator)		48,746,745		48,348,509		47,880,673
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.50	$	1.21	$	0.36
Weighted-average number of common shares		48,746,745		48,348,509		47,880,673
Potential common stock arising from stock options		437,825		471,257		5,894
Total shares-diluted (denominator)		49,184,570		48,819,766		47,886,567
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.49	$	1.20	$	0.36
Antidilutive weighted shares excluded from the calculation of earnings per share		1,690,194		1,844,819		2,743,641

3. Acquisitions

      On November 25, 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain of the liabilities associated with those assets of First South. First South provided specialty contracting services to telecommunications customers. Consideration consisted of approximately $50.3 million in cash, adjusted for cash received by the Company from the settlement of an escrow agreement in fiscal 2005, and 175,840 shares of Dycom’s common stock. In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company also paid approximately $9 million for excess working capital consisting primarily of accounts receivable and unbilled revenue.

      On December 3, 2003, the Company acquired UtiliQuest for a cash purchase price of approximately $116.1 million. UtiliQuest is a provider of underground locating services. In connection with the acquisition, the Company borrowed approximately $85.0 million under its previous credit agreement. This amount was repaid during fiscal 2004.

      On September 21, 2004, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of RJE for a cash purchase price of approximately $9.8 million. RJE provides specialty contracting services primarily to telephone companies.

F-33

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The Company accounted for the above acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values on the acquisition date. Purchase price in excess of the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. The operating results of the companies acquired are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from their respective date of purchase. The purchase prices of the RJE, First South and UtiliQuest acquisitions are derived as follows:

	RJE		First South			UtiliQuest
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid	$	9,710	$	58,979	(*)	$	115,165
Transaction costs		67		285			917
Dycom common stock issued		—		4,184			—
Total purchase price	$	9,777	$	63,448		$	116,082

*  Includes $9.0 million for excess working capital

      Management determined the fair values used in the purchase price allocation for intangible assets with the assistance of independent valuation specialists based on estimated discounted future cash flows, royalty rates and historical data, among other information. Goodwill of approximately $42.8 million and $37.0 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes related to the acquisitions of First South and UtiliQuest, respectively. The purchase price of the acquisitions was allocated as follows:

		RJE		First South		UtiliQuest
		(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash and equivalents		$	—	$	—	$	1,394
Accounts receivable, net			4,278		7,069		15,652
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings			3,735		6,069		—
Deferred tax asset, net current			—		—		2,074
Other current assets			—		551		3,277
Property and equipment			395		6,530		15,141
Goodwill			—		42,842		73,910
Tradename			—		155		4,870
Intangibles — customer relationships			1,423		3,300		27,500
Other tangibles, net			—		800		—
Deferred tax asset, net non-current			—		—		5,484
Other assets			37		—		5,096
	Total assets		9,868		67,316		154,398
Liabilities:
Accounts payable			—		2,094		1,110
Capital leases — short term			—		—		5,110
Accrued self-insured claims			—		—		11,755
Other accrued liabilities			91		1,774		6,053
Capital leases — long term			—		—		5,688
Notes payable — long term			—		—		3,797
Accrued self-insured claims — long term			—		—		4,803
	Total liabilities		91		3,868		38,316
Net assets acquired		$	9,777	$	63,448	$	116,082

F-34

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following unaudited pro forma summaries present the Company’s consolidated results of operations as if the RJE, First South and UtiliQuest acquisitions had occurred on July 27, 2003, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2004. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations of the combined companies had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year presented nor it is indicative of future results.

		Fiscal Year Ended
		2005		2004
		(Dollars in thousands,
		except per share data)
Total revenues		$	992,689	$	964,124
Income before income taxes			59,009		100,714
Net income			24,539		60,667
Earnings per share:
	Basic	$	0.50	$	1.25
	Diluted	$	0.50	$	1.24

4. Accounts Receivable

      Accounts receivable consist of the following:

	2005		2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Contract billings	$	160,579	$	131,298
Retainage		1,977		3,799
Other receivables		1,610		618
Total		164,166		135,715
Less allowance for doubtful accounts		2,845		3,788
Accounts receivable, net	$	161,321	$	131,927

      The allowance for doubtful accounts changed as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	July 30,			July 31,
	2005			2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of year	$	3,788		$	3,978
Additions charged to bad debt expense		767			776
Additions to allowance from acquisitions		215			151
Amounts charged against the allowance, net of recoveries		(1,925	)		(1,117	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts at end of year	$	2,845		$	3,788

      During fiscal 2004, the Company sold accounts receivable, classified as non-current, which consisted of pre-petition trade receivables due from Adelphia Communications Corporation (“Adelphia”) with a carrying value of $21.6 million. Adelphia filed for bankruptcy protection in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002. The Company received proceeds on the sale of $34.2 million and recorded a gain on the sale, net of expenses, of $11.4 million. Additionally during fiscal 2004, the Company recorded the recovery of previously written off accounts receivables in the amount of $0.9 million.

F-35

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      As of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, the Company expected to collect all retainage balances within the next twelve months. Additionally, the Company believes that none of its significant customers are experiencing significant financial difficulty as of July 30, 2005.

5. Costs and Estimated Earnings In Excess of Billings

      Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net consists of the follows:

	2005			2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Costs incurred on contracts in progress	$	52,805		$	44,920
Estimated to date earnings		12,754			13,270
Total costs and estimated earnings		65,559			58,190
Less billings to date		464			157
	$	65,095		$	58,033
Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the captions:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings	$	65,559		$	58,175
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		(464	)		(142	)
	$	65,095		$	58,033

      The Company recognizes revenue for services from contracts that are based on units of delivery or cost-to-cost measures of the percentage of completion method. The above amounts aggregate the effects of these contracts.

6. Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment consists of the following:

	2005		2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	4,088	$	4,671
Buildings		9,469		10,417
Leasehold improvements		1,667		1,501
Vehicles		141,124		136,424
Furniture and fixtures		25,629		23,544
Equipment and machinery		106,885		103,133
Total		288,862		279,690
Less accumulated depreciation		171,717		179,337
Property and equipment, net	$	117,145	$	100,353

F-36

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Depreciation expense and repairs and maintenance expense for fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003 were as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005		2004		2003
	(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation expense	$	43,285	$	39,890	$	38,677
Repairs and maintenance expense	$	17,314	$	15,587	$	10,167

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

      As of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, the Company had $194.1 million and $224.1 million of goodwill, respectively. During 2005, as the result of the annual impairment analysis, the Company determined that the goodwill of its White Mountain Cable Construction subsidiary was impaired. The recent under-performance of the subsidiary’s financial results, combined with a reduction in the future expected cash flows from this subsidiary, resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of approximately $29.0 million. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit was determined based on the Company’s best estimate of future cash flows from revenue and operating costs considering historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. The valuation included a combination of present value techniques to measure fair value and considered market factors.

      Intangible assets consist of the following:

	Useful Life
	in Years		2005		2004
			(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying amount:
Licenses		5	$	—	$	51
Covenants not to compete		5-7		1,189		1,251
UtiliQuest tradename		—		4,700		4,700
Tradenames		4-5		325		325
Customer relationships		15		32,261		30,800
Backlog		4		953		1,236
				39,428		38,363
Accumulated amortization:
Licenses				—		46
Covenants not to compete				634		487
Tradenames				187		117
Customer relationships				4,476		1,693
Backlog				811		841
				6,108		3,184
Net			$	33,320	$	35,179

      Amortization expense was $3.3 million, $2.2 million, and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003, respectively. Amortization for the Company’s customer relationships is recognized on an accelerated basis related to the expected economic benefit while the amortization for other finite-lived intangibles is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated

F-37

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

useful life of the intangible assets. Estimated amortization expense for fiscal 2006 through fiscal 2010 and thereafter is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	2006	$	3,183
	2007	$	3,004
	2008	$	2,976
	2009	$	2,514
	2010	$	2,008
Thereafter		$	14,935

8. Accrued Self-Insured Claims

      The Company retains the risk, up to certain limits, for automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employee group health claims, and locate damage claims. With regard to losses occurring in fiscal year 2005, the Company has retained the risk to $1.0 million on a per occurrence basis for workers compensation and for automobile liability. For general liability, the Company has retained the risk to $250,000, except with respect to our UtiliQuest subsidiary for which the Company has retained the risk to $2.0 million for general liability. Within its umbrella coverage, the Company has retained the risk of loss for automobile liability and general liability and damage claims between $2.0 and $5.0 million, on a per occurrence basis, with an aggregate stop loss for this layer of $10.0 million. The retention amounts are applicable in those states in which the Company operates and is allowed to retain the risk. For fiscal year 2005, the Company has an aggregate stop loss coverage for these exposures at a stated retention of approximately $33.8 million and an umbrella liability coverage to a policy limit of $75.0 million.

      For losses under the Company’s employee health plan occurring during fiscal 2005, the Company has retained the risk, on an annual basis, of $200,000 per participant. For fiscal 2005, the Company has an aggregate stop loss coverage for this exposure at the stated retention of approximately $27.5 million.

      Accrued self-insured claims consist of the following:

	2005		2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
Accrued auto, general liability and workers’ compensation	$	13,538	$	10,030
Accrued employee group health		3,782		2,932
Accrued damage claims		10,846		9,335
		28,166		22,297
Non-current:
Accrued auto, general liability and workers’ compensation		18,175		19,524
Accrued damage claims		4,477		2,949
		22,652		22,473
Total accrued self-insured claims	$	50,818	$	44,770

F-38

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9. Other Accrued Liabilities

      Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

	2005		2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Accrued payroll and related taxes	$	15,844	$	17,883
Accrued employee bonus and benefit costs		8,734		9,128
Accrued construction costs		9,789		5,268
Other		9,183		9,249
Other accrued liabilities	$	43,550	$	41,528

10. Notes and Capital Leases Payable

      Notes and capital leases payable consist of the following:

	2005		2004
	(Dollars in thousands)
Capital leases	$	3,266	$	7,516
Notes payable		3,649		3,721
Equipment loans		13		20
		6,928		11,257
Less current portion		2,749		4,163
Notes and capital leases payable non-current	$	4,179	$	7,094

      During the second quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company entered into a new five-year $300 million unsecured revolving Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks that replaced the Company’s prior credit agreement. The Credit Agreement provides the Company with a commitment of $300 million for a five-year period and includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of July 30, 2005, the Company had $37.3 million of outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement. The outstanding letters of credit are all issued to insurance companies as part of the Company’s self-insurance program. At July 30, 2005 the Company had no other borrowings under its Credit Agreement.

      The Credit Agreement requires that the Company maintain certain financial covenants and imposes certain conditions including restricting its ability to encumber assets or incur certain types of indebtedness. The Company must maintain a leverage ratio of not greater than 2.75:1.00 and maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.75:1.00, in each case as measured at the end of each fiscal quarter. The Company must also maintain consolidated tangible net worth of not less than $200 million plus the sum of (i) 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) from December 21, 2004 to the date of computation and (ii) 75% of the equity issuances made from December 21, 2004 to the date of computation. At July 30, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants and conditions under the Credit Agreement.

      At the Company’s option, loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest, at either the bank’s Base Rate or LIBOR, plus a spread. This spread is predicated upon the Company’s current leverage ratio. The bank’s Base Rate is the greater of the lead bank’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%. At July 30, 2005, the Company’s rate of interest applicable to its borrowings would be at the bank’s Base Rate or LIBOR plus a spread of 1.0%. During fiscal 2005, the Company deferred approximately $1.7 million of fees related to the Credit Agreement, which are being amortized over its five year term. In

F-39

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

addition, the Company is required to pay a quarterly facility fee, at rates that range from 0.200% to 0.375% of the unutilized commitments depending on the Company’s leverage ratio. However, in the event the Company is utilizing less than one-third of the facility, the fee will be .375% of the unutilized commitments. Obligations under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain material subsidiaries of the Company.

      As part of the acquisition of UtiliQuest, the Company assumed the obligations of UtiliQuest under a long-term note to a former owner of a subsidiary of UtiliQuest in the amount of $3.6 million. This note bears interest at 6%, payable semi-annually on March 31 and September 30, and is due on November 16, 2006. Amounts due may be set-off against certain indemnification claims, if any, by UtiliQuest against the obligor. Additionally, as part of the acquisition, the Company acquired capital lease obligations with respect to certain vehicles and computer equipment that expire at various dates into fiscal 2007. Future minimum lease payments for the capital leases are as follows:

	Capital Leases
	(Dollars in
	thousands)
2006	$	2,796
2007		535
Future minimum lease payments		3,331
Less: portion representing interest		65
Future minimum lease payments, net	$	3,266

11. Income Taxes

      The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

		Fiscal Year Ended
		2005		2004		2003
		(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
	Federal	$	24,015	$	30,313	$	5,518
	State		4,057		4,731		2,011
			28,072		35,044		7,529
Deferred:
	Federal		5,374		3,013		5,252
	State		874		490		525
			6,248		3,503		5,777
Total tax provision		$	34,320	$	38,547	$	13,306

F-40

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The deferred tax provision is the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities representing the tax consequences of changes in the amount of temporary differences and changes in tax rates during the year. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

		2005		2004
		(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
	Self-insurance and other non-deductible reserves	$	20,327	$	19,173
	Allowance for doubtful accounts		1,095		1,458
	Goodwill and intangibles		2,180		5,789
	Other		2,780		3,643
		$	26,382	$	30,063
Deferred tax liabilities:
	Property and equipment	$	15,146	$	12,580
Net deferred tax assets		$	11,236	$	17,483

      The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income.

      The difference between the total tax provision and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rates to pre-tax income is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005			2004			2003
	(Dollars in thousands)
Statutory rate applied to pre-tax income	$	20,522		$	34,013		$	10,659
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3,205			3,394			1,648
Write-down of intangible assets, with no tax benefit		10,133			—			—
Tax effect of non-deductible items		1,075			833			871
Non-taxable interest income		(107	)		(92	)		(176	)
Other items, net		(508	)		399			304
Total tax provision	$	34,320		$	38,547		$	13,306

12. Other Income, net

      The components of other income, net, are as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005		2004		2003
	(Dollars in thousands)
Gain on sale of fixed assets	$	11,018	$	3,042	$	1,945
Miscellaneous income		952		1,235		1,036
Total other income, net	$	11,970	$	4,277	$	2,981

13. Capital Stock

      During fiscal 2005, the Company granted 50,000 restricted shares of its common stock to the Chief Operating Officer of the Company, pursuant to his employment agreement. The restricted shares vest over

F-41

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

a period of four years on December 31 of each year. Upon issuance of the restricted shares, deferred compensation aggregating $1.5 million was charged to stockholders’ equity for the fair value of the restricted stock and is being recognized as compensation expense ratably over the four year vesting period. Non-cash compensation expense of approximately $0.2 million was recognized during fiscal 2005 related to the vesting of the restricted shares.

      During fiscal 2004, the Company granted 105,000 restricted shares of its common stock to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to his employment agreement. The restricted shares vest over a period of four years on December 31 of each year. Upon issuance of the restricted shares, deferred compensation aggregating $2.8 million was charged to stockholders’ equity for the fair value of the restricted stock and is being recognized as compensation expense ratably over the four year vesting period. Non-cash compensation expense of approximately $0.7 and $0.4 million was recognized during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, respectively, related to the vesting of the restricted shares.

      On November 25, 2003, the Company issued 175,840 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of First South and the assumption of certain liabilities associated with these assets.

      On November 26, 2002, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2002 Directors Restricted Stock Plan whereby non-employee directors must elect to receive a minimum percentage of their annual retainer fees in restricted shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has reserved 100,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the plan. The number of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock to be granted is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date such fees are payable. As of July 30, 2005, 10,777 shares had been issued under this plan at a weighted average market price of $19.75 per share. Non-cash expense of approximately $0.1 million was recognized during both fiscal 2005 and 2004 related to the issuances of the restricted shares.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

      The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor contribution plans that provide retirement benefits to all employees that elect to participate. Under the plans, participating employees may defer up to 15% of their base pre-tax compensation. The Company contributes 30% of the first 5% of base compensation that a participant contributes to the Plan. The Company’s contributions were $0.9 million, $0.8 million, and $0.7 million in fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

15. Stock Option Plans

      The Company has five stock option plans: the 1991 Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 1991 Plan”), the 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (“the 1998 Plan”), the Arguss Communications, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (“the 1991 Arguss Plan”), 1994 Directors Stock Option Plan (“the 1994 Directors Plan”), the 2001 Directors Stock Option Plan (“the 2001 Directors Plan”), and the 2003 Long-term Incentive Plan (“the 2003 Plan”). The 1991 Plan and the 1994 Directors Plan have expired and no further options will be granted under these plans. Additionally, no further options will be granted under the 1991 Arguss Plan. At July 30, 2005, there were 69,426 options, 12,000 options, and 214,161 options outstanding under the 1991 Plan, the 1994 Directors Plan, and the 1991 Arguss Plan, respectively.

      Under the 1998 Plan and the 2003 Plan, the Company may grant options to key employees for up to 5,316,845 and 2,000,000 shares of common stock, respectively, until the plans expire in 2008 and 2013, respectively. Under the terms of these plans, options are granted at the closing price on the date of the grant and are exercisable over a period of up to ten years. On July 21, 2005, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved the accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options granted under these Plans to current employees and officers with per share exercise prices equal to or greater than $23.92 (the closing

F-42

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

market price on July 21, 2005), so that each such option became fully vested. Approximately 1.4 million options to purchase shares became exercisable immediately as a result of the vesting acceleration (see Note 1, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation). In the case of officers of the Company at or above the level of Senior Vice President, the Compensation Committee imposed a holding period that will require the optionees to refrain from selling common stock acquired upon the exercise of these options (other than shares needed to cover the exercise price and satisfying withholding taxes) until the date on which the exercise would have been permitted under the option’s original vesting terms. Approximately 426,000 unvested options under these Plans with per share exercise prices below $23.92 were not accelerated. The options that were not accelerated vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period, beginning immediately on the date of the grant. At July 30, 2005, there were 2,284,884 options outstanding and 2,506,735 options available for grant under the 1998 Plan, and 985,900 options outstanding and 858,350 options available for grant under 2003 Plan.

      Under the 2001 Director Plan, the Company may grant options to directors for up to 240,000 shares of common stock until the plan expires in 2013. Under the terms of this plan, options are granted at the closing price on the date of the grant and are exercisable over a period of up to five years. The options vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period, beginning immediately on the date of the grant. At July 30, 2005, there were 79,000 options outstanding and 159,500 options available for grant under the 2001 Director Plan.

      The following table summarizes the status of all Company stock option plans for the three years ended July 26, 2003, July 31, 2004, and July 30, 2005:

		Number of			Weighted Average
		Shares			Exercise Price
Options outstanding at
	July 27, 2002		3,152,408		$	30.18
	Granted		789,152		$	13.80
	Terminated		(774,677	)	$	33.34
	Exercised		(136,299	)	$	13.15
Options outstanding at
	July 26, 2003		3,030,584		$	25.89
	Granted		884,676		$	25.08
	Terminated		(341,903	)	$	29.09
	Exercised		(324,877	)	$	14.26
Options outstanding at
	July 31, 2004		3,248,480		$	26.49
	Granted		953,400		$	34.11
	Terminated		(340,519	)	$	33.07
	Exercised		(215,990	)	$	16.52
Options outstanding at
	July 30, 2005		3,645,371		$	28.46
Exercisable options at
	July 26, 2003		1,438,997		$	33.42
	July 31, 2004		1,461,618		$	33.35
	July 30, 2005		3,154,064		$	30.53

F-43

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at July 30, 2005 was $10.50 to $58.55. The range of exercise prices for options is due to changes in the price of the Company’s stock over the period of the grants.

      The following summarizes information about options outstanding and exercisable at July 30, 2005:

	Outstanding Options
			Weighted Average
	Number of		Remaining		Weighted Average
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Contractual Life		Exercise Price
$10.01 to $12.50		15,067		6.4	$	10.81
$12.51 to $15.00		862,149		6.8	$	14.05
$15.01 to $23.92		7,000		7.2	$	17.31
$23.93 to $30.00		1,270,770		6.8	$	25.94
$30.01 to $35.00		902,838		9.0	$	34.33
$35.01 to $40.00		35,300		4.0	$	37.19
$40.01 to $47.00		358,379		4.9	$	45.32
$47.01 to $60.00		193,868		3.5	$	50.61
		3,645,371		7.0	$	28.46

	Exercisable Options
	Number of Shares
	Exercisable as of		Weighted Average
Range of Exercise Prices	July 30, 2005		Exercise Price
$10.01 to $12.50		11,441	$	10.65
$12.51 to $15.00		418,968	$	14.11
$15.01 to $23.92		3,000	$	16.33
$23.93 to $30.00		1,230,270	$	25.88
$30.01 to $35.00		902,838	$	34.33
$35.01 to $40.00		35,300	$	37.19
$40.01 to $47.00		358,379	$	45.32
$47.01 to $60.00		193,868	$	50.61
		3,154,064	$	30.53

      These options will expire if not exercised at specific dates ranging from August 2005 to May 2015. The prices for the options exercisable at July 30, 2005 ranged from $10.50 to $58.55.

16. Related Party Transactions

      The Company leases administrative offices from entities related to officers of certain of its subsidiaries. The total expense under these arrangements for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003 were $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The remaining

F-44

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

future minimum lease commitments under these arrangements during each fiscal year through fiscal year 2010 and thereafter is as follows:

	Related Party Future
	Minimum Lease Payments
	(Dollars in thousands)
2006	$	1,155
2007		1,121
2008		1,009
2009		490
2010		130
Thereafter		477
Total	$	4,382

17. Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

      The Company’s operating subsidiaries obtain contracts from both public and private concerns. For the last three fiscal years, revenues from Verizon, BellSouth, Comcast and Sprint represented the following percentages of total revenue:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005		2004		2003
Verizon		25.1%		3.7%		0.5%
BellSouth		16.6%		14.0%		12.1%
Comcast		11.3%		28.5%		33.0%
Sprint		7.5%		10.1%		7.6%

      Financial instruments which subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist almost entirely of trade accounts receivable. Verizon, BellSouth, Comcast, and Sprint represent a significant portion of the Company’s customer base. As of July 30, 2005, the total outstanding trade receivables from Verizon, BellSouth, Comcast, and Sprint were approximately $57.6 million or 35.8%, $15.0 million or 9.4%, $16.3 million or 10.2%, and $7.6 million or 4.7%, respectively, of the outstanding trade receivables.

18. Commitments and Contingencies

      The federal employment tax returns for two of the Company’s subsidiaries have been audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). As a result of the audit, the Company received a proposed assessment from the IRS in March 2004. At issue, according to the examination reports, are the taxpayers’ characterization of certain employee reimbursements for the calendar years 2000 and 2001. The Company reached an agreed assessment with the IRS regarding one of the two subsidiaries. The Company recorded the amount of the agreed assessment, which was paid during fiscal 2005, against the accrual for this matter that was established in fiscal 2004. Subsequent to this agreement, $7.4 million of the proposed assessment is still at issue. The Company continues to disagree with the amount of the proposed assessment with respect to the other subsidiary and is pursuing an administrative appeal of this matter which the Company intends to vigorously defend. The Company believes it has a number of legal defenses available that may substantially reduce the proposed assessment and has therefore not recorded any significant liability with respect to the remaining assessment.

      In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain, thus judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and the associated

F-45

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

income tax assets and liabilities. The Company regularly assesses its position with regard to individual tax exposures and records liabilities for uncertain tax positions according to the principles of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. These liabilities reflect management’s best estimate of the likely outcomes of current and potential future audits.

      In the normal course of business, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have pending claims and legal proceedings. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based on information available at this time, that none of the current claims or proceedings will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

      The Company and its subsidiaries have operating leases covering office facilities, vehicles, and equipment that have noncancelable terms in excess of one year. Certain of these leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the Company to pay insurance, maintenance, and other operating expenses. Total expense incurred under operating lease agreements, excluding the transactions with related parties (see Note 16), for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2005, July 31, 2004, and July 26, 2003, was $6.1 million, $6.9 million, and $7.4 million, respectively. The future minimum obligation under these leases during each fiscal year through fiscal 2010 and thereafter is as follows:

	Future Minimum
	Lease Payments
	(Dollars in thousands)
2006	$	5,025
2007		3,118
2008		1,594
2009		1,103
2010		790
Thereafter		2,387
Total	$	14,017

19. Segment Information

      The Company operates throughout the United States in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor. The Company provides engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric utilities and others. These services are provided by the Company’s various subsidiaries. All of the Company’s subsidiaries have been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar customer bases, products and production methods, and distribution methods. The following table presents information regarding revenues by type of customer:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	2005		2004		2003
	(Dollars in thousands)
Telecommunications	$	733,008	$	680,145	$	537,703
Utility line locating		213,161		157,997		55,658
Electric utilities and other construction and maintenance		40,458		34,574		24,822
Total contract revenues	$	986,627	$	872,716	$	618,183

F-46

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

      In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004 reflect all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring accruals, necessary to present a fair statement of amounts shown for such periods. The earnings per common share calculation for each quarter is based on the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding plus the dilutive effect of stock options.

			First		Second		Third		Fourth
			Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
			(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2005:
	Revenues		$	263,166	$	224,539	$	247,660	$	251,263
	Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes		$	25,797	$	12,196	$	22,795	$	(2,153	)
	Net Income (Loss)		$	15,621	$	7,374	$	13,713	$	(12,393	)
	Earnings (Loss) per Common Share:
		Basic	$	0.32	$	0.15	$	0.28	$	(0.25	)
		Diluted	$	0.32	$	0.15	$	0.28	$	(0.25	)
2004:
	Revenues		$	196,021	$	196,369	$	219,562	$	260,764
	Income Before Income Taxes		$	23,293	$	26,932	$	18,735	$	28,220
	Net Income		$	13,927	$	16,442	$	11,177	$	17,086
	Earnings per Common Share:
		Basic	$	0.29	$	0.34	$	0.23	$	0.35
		Diluted	$	0.29	$	0.34	$	0.23	$	0.35

      The fourth quarter of 2004 had 14 weeks and all other quarters indicated above had 13 weeks. The sum of quarterly earnings per share amounts can differ from those reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations due to the weighting of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during each of the respective periods. The second quarter of fiscal 2004 includes a gain on sale of accounts receivable of approximately $11.4 million related to the sale of receivables due from Adelphia (See Note 4). The fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 includes a goodwill impairment charge of $29.0 million (see Note 7).

21. Subsequent Event

      On September 23, 2005, the Company announced that it had commenced an offering (the “Offering”) of $150 million Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offering to partially fund a tender offer for up to 9.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a modified Dutch Auction self-tender offer. The Notes will be issued by Dycom Investments, Inc. (“Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The tender offer is subject to a number of terms and conditions, including closing of the Offering. The Offering is not conditional on the successful completion of the tender offer.

      The following condensed consolidating financial statements present, in separate columns, financial information for (i) Dycom Industries, Inc. (“Parent”) on a parent only basis, (ii) Issuer, (iii) guarantor subsidiaries for the Notes on a combined basis, (iv) other non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, (v) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis, and (vi) the Company on a consolidated basis. The condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method. Under this method, the investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost and adjusted

F-47

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for the Company’s share of subsidiaries’ cumulative results of operations, capital contributions, distributions and other equity changes.

      Each guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiary is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Issuer and Parent and the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each guarantor subsidiary and Parent. There are no contractual restrictions limiting transfers of cash from guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries to Issuer or Parent, within the meaning of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.

F-48

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

July 30, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

					Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor		Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Subsidiaries		Reclassifications			Consolidated
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	82,951	$	111	$	—		$	83,062
Accounts receivable, net		3		—		161,049		269		—			161,321
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings		—		—		65,549		10		—			65,559
Deferred tax assets, net		1,217		—		10,847		471		—			12,535
Inventories		—		—		8,116		—		—			8,116
Other current assets		4,068		—		7,208		10		—			11,286
Total current assets		5,288		—		335,720		871		—			341,879
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		869		—		112,418		3,858		—			117,145
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill		—		—		194,123		—		—			194,123
Intangible assets, net		—		—		33,320		—		—			33,320
Deferred tax assets, net non-current		1,733		—		—		—		(1,733	)		—
Investment in subsidiaries		636,044		883,148		—		—		(1,519,192	)		—
Intercompany receivables		—		—		329,850		—		(329,850	)		—
Other		1,093		—		9,140		9		—			10,242
Total other assets		638,870		883,148		566,433		9		(1,850,775	)		237,685
TOTAL	$	645,027	$	883,148	$	1,014,571	$	4,738	$	(1,850,775	)	$	696,709
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	1,483	$	—	$	35,661	$	41	$	—		$	37,185
Notes and capital leases payable		—		—		2,749		—		—			2,749
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		—		—		464		—		—			464
Accrued self-insured claims		824		—		26,748		594		—			28,166
Income taxes payable		6,598		—		—		—		—			6,598
Other accrued liabilities		4,816		—		38,216		518		—			43,550
Total current liabilities		13,721		—		103,838		1,153		—			118,712
NOTES AND CAPITAL LEASES PAYABLE		—		—		4,179		—		—			4,179
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS		1,045		—		20,851		756		—			22,652
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net non-current		—		—		2,566		466		(1,733	)		1,299
INTERCOMPANY PAYABLES		80,395		247,104		—		2,351		(329,850	)		—
OTHER LIABILITIES		56		—		1		—		—			57
Total liabilities		95,217		247,104		131,435		4,726		(331,583	)		146,899
Total stockholders’ equity		549,810		636,044		883,136		12		(1,519,192	)		549,810
TOTAL	$	645,027	$	883,148	$	1,014,571	$	4,738	$	(1,850,775	)	$	696,709

F-49

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 30, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

							Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors		Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
REVENUES:	$	—		$	—		$	981,776	$	4,851		$	—		$	986,627
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation		—			—			781,657		3,959			—			785,616
General and administrative		19,477			383			56,596		2,504			—			78,960
Bad debts expense		—			—			27		740			—			767
Depreciation and amortization		372			—			45,446		775			—			46,593
Goodwill impairment charge		—			—			28,951		—			—			28,951
Intercompany charges (income), net		(15,137	)		13			12,848		2,276			—			—
Total		4,712			396			925,525		10,254			—			940,887
Interest income, net		62			—			465		397			—			924
Other income, net		(2	)		—			7,887		4,085			—			11,970
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(4,652	)		(396	)		64,603		(921	)		—			58,634
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		(1,092	)		—			33,929		1,483			—			34,320
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(3,560	)		(396	)		30,674		(2,404	)		—			24,314
EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		27,874			28,270			—		—			(56,144	)		—
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	24,314		$	27,874		$	30,674	$	(2,404	)	$	(56,144	)	$	24,314

F-50

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 30, 2005

(dollars in thousands)

								Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
			Parent			Issuer		Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			$	(304	)	$	—	$	92,381		$	(4,645	)	$	—		$	87,432
Cash flows from investing activities:
		Restricted cash		(1,612	)		—		4,536			—			—			2,924
		Capital expenditures		(623	)		—		(62,925	)		(995	)		—			(64,543	)
		Proceeds from sale of assets		5			—		10,514			5,659			—			16,178
		Purchase of short-term investments		—			—		(65,649	)		—			—			(65,649	)
		Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		—			—		85,659			—			—			85,659
		Intercompany advances		—			—		(8,527	)		—			8,527			—
		Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(8,527	)		—		—			—			—			(8,527	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities				(10,757	)		—		(36,392	)		4,664			8,527			(33,958	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
		Debt issuance costs		(1,434	)				—			—			—			(1,434	)
		Principal payments on notes and capital leases payable		—			—		(4,329	)		—			—			(4,329	)
		Exercise of stock options and other		3,968			—		—			—			—			3,968
		Intercompany funding		8,527			—		—			—			(8,527	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities				11,061			—		(4,329	)		—			(8,527	)		(1,795	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents				—			—		51,660			19			—			51,679
Cash and equivalents:
	Beginning of year			—			—		31,291			92			—			31,383
	End of year		$	—		$	—	$	82,951		$	111		$	—		$	83,062

F-51

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

July 31, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

					Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor		Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Subsidiaries		Reclassifications			Consolidated
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and equivalents	$	—	$	—	$	31,291	$	92	$	—		$	31,383
Short-term investments		—		—		20,010		—		—			20,010
Accounts receivable, net		3		—		130,554		1,370		—			131,927
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings		—		—		57,405		770		—			58,175
Deferred tax assets, net		516		—		10,901		505		—			11,922
Income taxes receivable		6,988		—		—		—		—			6,988
Inventories		—		—		5,353		—		—			5,353
Other current assets		1,688		—		8,076		511		—			10,275
Total current assets		9,195		—		263,590		3,248		—			276,033
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		613		—		93,866		5,874		—			100,353
OTHER ASSETS:
Goodwill		—		—		223,861		280		—			224,141
Intangible assets, net		—		—		35,179		—		—			35,179
Deferred tax assets, net non-current		1,328		—		3,887		346		—			5,561
Investment in subsidiaries		608,169		846,307		—		—		(1,454,476	)		—
Intercompany receivables		—		—		332,637		—		(332,637	)		—
Other		773		—		9,783		12		—			10,568
Total other assets		610,270		846,307		605,347		638		(1,787,113	)		275,449
TOTAL	$	620,078	$	846,307	$	962,803	$	9,760	$	(1,787,113	)	$	651,835
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	1,736	$	—	$	32,419	$	193	$	—		$	34,348
Notes and capital leases payable		—		—		4,163		—		—			4,163
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings		—		—		142		—		—			142
Accrued self-insured claims		3,545		—		16,838		1,914		—			22,297
Other accrued liabilities		4,529		—		36,146		853		—			41,528
Total current liabilities		9,810		—		89,708		2,960		—			102,478
NOTES AND CAPITAL LEASES PAYABLE		—		—		7,094		—		—			7,094
ACCRUED SELF-INSURED CLAIMS		253		—		22,220		—		—			22,473
INTERCOMPANY PAYABLES		90,851		238,138		—		3,648		(332,637	)		—
OTHER LIABILITIES		203		—		113		513		—			829
Total liabilities		101,117		238,138		119,135		7,121		(332,637	)		132,874
Total stockholders’ equity		518,961		608,169		843,668		2,639		(1,454,476	)		518,961
TOTAL	$	620,078	$	846,307	$	962,803	$	9,760	$	(1,787,113	)	$	651,835

F-52

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

								Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
		Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
REVENUES:		$	—		$	—		$	859,519		$	13,197		$	—		$	872,716
EXPENSES:
	Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation		—			—			660,680			12,882			—			673,562
	General and administrative		16,007			709			54,459			3,405			—			74,580
	Bad debts expense		—			—			(38	)		814			—			776
	Depreciation and amortization		374			—			40,308			1,384			—			42,066
	Intercompany charges (income), net		(14,587	)		—			16,052			(1,465	)		—			—
	Total		1,794			709			771,461			17,020			—			790,984
	Gain on sale of accounts receivable		—			—			11,359			—			—			11,359
	Interest income, net		(590	)		—			370			32			—			(188	)
	Other income, net		22			—			3,008			1,247			—			4,277
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES			(2,362	)		(709	)		102,795			(2,544	)		—			97,180
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES			(233	)		(162	)		38,526			416			—			38,547
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES			(2,129	)		(547	)		64,269			(2,960	)		—			58,633
EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES			60,762			61,309			—			—			(122,071	)		—
NET INCOME (LOSS)		$	58,633		$	60,762		$	64,269		$	(2,960	)	$	(122,071	)	$	58,633

F-53

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

							Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
		Parent			Issuer		Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	(4,169	)	$	—	$	130,315		$	(1,928	)	$	—		$	124,218
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Restricted cash		(91	)		—		—			—			—			(91	)
	Capital expenditures		(372	)		—		(35,019	)		(491	)		—			(35,882	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets		—			—		4,422			2,812			—			7,234
	Purchase of short-term investments		—			—		(106,758	)		—			—			(106,758	)
	Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments		—			—		141,898			—			—			141,898
	Intercompany advances		—			—		(175,202	)		—			175,202			—
	Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(175,202	)		—		—			—			—			(175,202	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities			(175,665	)		—		(170,659	)		2,321			175,202			(168,801	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Borrowings on notes payable		85,000			—		—			—			—			85,000
	Principal payments on notes and capital leases		(85,000	)		—		(3,368	)		—			—			(88,368	)
	Exercise of stock options and other		4,632			—		—			—			—			4,632
	Intercompany funding		175,202			—		—			—			(175,202	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			179,834			—		(3,368	)		—			(175,202	)		1,264
Net (decrease) increase in cash and equivalents			—			—		(43,712	)		393			—			(43,319	)
Cash and equivalents:
	Beginning of year		—			—		75,003			(301	)		—			74,702
	End of year	$	—		$	—	$	31,291		$	92		$	—		$	31,383

F-54

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 26, 2003

(dollars in thousands)

						Subsidiary		Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and			Dycom
	Parent			Issuer		Guarantors		Subsidiaries			Reclassifications			Consolidated
REVENUES:	$	—		$	—	$	597,159	$	21,024		$	—		$	618,183
EXPENSES:
Costs of earned revenues, excluding depreciation		—			—		463,221		19,656			—			482,877
General and administrative		15,976			—		49,698		3,100			—			68,774
Bad debts expense		—			—		937		348			—			1,285
Depreciation and amortization		388			—		36,838		1,848			—			39,074
Intercompany charges (income), net		(8,845	)		—		10,131		(1,286	)		—			—
Total		7,519			—		560,825		23,666			—			592,010
Interest income, net		728			—		512		61			—			1,301
Other income, net		(2	)		—		2,325		658			—			2,981
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(6,793	)		—		39,171		(1,923	)		—			30,455
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES:		(1,565	)		—		14,178		693			—			13,306
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		(5,228	)		—		24,993		(2,616	)		—			17,149
EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES		22,377			22,377		—		—			(44,754	)		—
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	17,149		$	22,377	$	24,993	$	(2,616	)	$	(44,754	)	$	17,149

F-55

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 26, 2003

(dollars in thousands)

								Subsidiary			Non-Guarantor			Eliminations and		Dycom
			Parent			Issuer		Guarantors			Subsidiaries			Reclassifications		Consolidated
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			$	(42,412	)	$	—	$	66,969		$	441		$	—	$	24,998
Cash flows from investing activities:
	Restricted cash			263			—		—			—			—		263
	Capital expenditures			(469	)		—		(18,274	)		(669	)		—		(19,412	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets			—			—		5,867			371			—		6,238
	Purchase of short-term investments			—			—		(96,467	)		—			—		(96,467	)
	Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments			—			—		114,505			—			—		114,505
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities				(206	)		—		5,631			(298	)		—		5,127
Cash flows from financing activities:
	Principal payments on notes and capital leases payable			—			—		(79	)		—			—		(79	)
		Exercise of stock options and other		1,792			—		—			—			—		1,792
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities				1,792			—		(79	)		—			—		1,713
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and equivalent				(40,826	)		—		72,521			143			—		31,838
Cash and equivalents:
	Beginning of year			40,826			—		2,482			(444	)		—		42,864
	End of year		$	—		$	—	$	75,003		$	(301	)	$	—	$	74,702

F-56

Offer to Exchange

all outstanding

8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount outstanding)

for

8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

which have been registered under the Securities Act

of

Dycom Investments, Inc.

Guaranteed on a Senior Subordinated basis By

Dycom Industries, Inc.

and Certain of its Subsidiaries

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2006

Part II

Item 20.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      Delaware. Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the Delaware Corporation Law, provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

      Section 145(b) of the Delaware Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

      Section 145(g) of the Delaware Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law.

      Florida. Section 607.0850(1) of the Florida Business Corporation Act (“FBCA”) provides that a Florida corporation, such as Dycom Industries, Inc., shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

      Section 607.0850(2) of the FBCA provides that a Florida corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person, who was or is a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal thereof. Such indemnification shall be authorized if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this subsection in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable unless, and only to the extent that, the court in which such proceeding was brought, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

II-1

      Section 607.850 of the FBCA further provides that: (i) to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to in subsection (1) or subsection (2), or in defense of any proceeding referred to in subsection (1) or subsection (2), or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith; (ii) indemnification provided pursuant to Section 607.0850 is not exclusive; and (iii) the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section 607.0850.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 607.0850 of the FBCA provides that indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his or her actions, or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute: (i) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; (ii) a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (iii) in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the liability provisions regarding unlawful distributions are applicable; or (iv) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the corporation in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a shareholder.

      Section 607.0831 of the FBCA provides that a director of a Florida corporation, such as Dycom Industries, Inc., is not personally liable for monetary damages to the corporation or any other person for any statement, vote, decision, or failure to act, regarding corporate management or policy, by a director, unless: (i) the director breached or failed to perform his or her duties as a director; and (ii) the director’s breach of, or failure to perform, those duties constitutes: (A) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; (B) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, either directly or indirectly; (C) a circumstance under which the liability provisions regarding unlawful distributions are applicable; (D) in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation, or willful misconduct; or (E) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights, safety, or property.

      Washington. In general, §§23B.08.500 through 23B.08.600 of the Washington Business Corporation Act (“WBCA”) provide that a corporation may indemnify an individual who is made a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A termination of the action by judgment, settlement, conviction or plea of nolo contendere, does not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith. Unless limited by the corporation’s articles of incorporation, indemnification is mandatory for an officer or director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding, or of any claim, issue or matter, against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.

      A corporation may not indemnify a director in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, in which the director was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him or her. Under the WBCA, a corporation may indemnify an officer, agent or employee to the same extent as a director and may procure or maintain insurance against liability on behalf of a director or any such person.

II-2

      Tennessee. In general, §48-18-502 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (“TBCA”) permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, agents and employees, against judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A termination of the action by judgment, settlement, conviction or plea of nolo contendere, does not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith. Unless limited by its charter, a corporation must indemnify a director’s reasonable expenses if the director is wholly successful on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding against him or her as director.

      The TBCA prohibits a corporation from indemnifying a director in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was found liable to the corporation or where the director is charged with, and convicted of, improper personal benefit.

      Under the TBCA, a corporation may indemnify an officer, agent or employee to the same extent as a director. A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for former or existing directors or officers of the corporation against any liability incurred by such person in that capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against liability.

      Louisiana. In general, §12.83 of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law (“LBCL”) allows corporations to indemnify their present and former directors and officers and those of affiliated corporations against expenses incurred in the defense of any lawsuit to which they are made parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Under the LBCL, a termination of the action by judgment, settlement, conviction or plea of nolo contendere, will not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith. To the extent that such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she must be indemnified by the corporation. Expenses may be paid in advance of the final outcome if authorized by the board of directors without regard to whether or not a voting director is a party to the action.

      If the action is by or in the right of the corporation, the indemnity is limited to expenses not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the action to conclusion. No indemnification can be made if a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of appeals, finds the director liable for willful or intentional misconduct, unless the court determines that, given the circumstances of the case, the director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for certain expenses.

      The LBCL allows a corporation to procure or maintain insurance against liability on behalf of a director or any such person.

      North Carolina. In general, §§55-8-50 through 55-8-58 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act (“NCBCA”) grant a corporation the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A corporation must indemnify a director or officer who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in his defense except to the extent limited or eliminated in the corporation’s articles of incorporation. The NCBCA allows a director or officer to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding upon the tendering of an undertaking to repay such amount. However, the NCBCA prohibits indemnification where the director is charged with, and convicted of, improper personal benefit.

II-3

      A corporation may, in its articles of incorporation or bylaws or by contract or resolution, provide indemnification in addition to that provided by statute, subject to certain conditions. A corporation may also procure or maintain insurance against liability on behalf of any such person.

      Georgia. Generally, under §14-8-851 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code (“GBCC”), a corporation may indemnify an individual who is a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was a director, against liability incurred in such proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A corporation must indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding against reasonable expenses incurred by the director in connection with the proceeding. The termination of the action by judgment, settlement, conviction or plea of nolo contendere, will not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith.

      A Georgia corporation may not indemnify a director under the GBCC in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, except for reasonable expenses incurred by such director in connection with the proceeding, provided it is determined that such director met the relevant standard of conduct. A corporation may not indemnify a director in connection with any proceeding with respect to conduct for which such director was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she received an improper personal benefit.

      Additionally, a Georgia corporation may, before final disposition of a proceeding, advance funds to pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director who is a party to a proceeding provided that such director delivers to the corporation a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she met the relevant standard of conduct or that the proceeding involves conduct for which such director’s liability has been properly eliminated by action of the corporation, and a written undertaking by the director to repay any funds advanced if it is ultimately determined that such director was not entitled to such indemnification.

      The GBCC allows a Georgia corporation to indemnify directors without regard to the above referenced limitations, if authorized by the articles of incorporation or a bylaw, contract, or resolution duly adopted by a vote of the shareholders of the corporation by a majority of votes entitled to be cast, excluding shares owned or voted under the control of the director or directors who are not disinterested. The above notwithstanding, the corporation cannot indemnify a director for any liability incurred in a proceeding in which the director is adjudged liable to the corporation or is subjected to injunctive relief in favor of the corporation for, among other things: (1) Any appropriation, in violation of the director’s duties, of any business opportunity of the corporation; (2) Acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or (3) Any transaction from which he or she received an improper personal benefit.

      Alaska. Generally, under Alaska Corporations Code (“ACC”) §10.06.490, a corporation may indemnify a person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to a any type of proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, the person had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. The termination of an action or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, does not create a presumption that the person did not meet the good faith requirements. A corporation may also indemnify such an individual in an action by or in the right of the corporation. In this case, indemnification may include reimbursement for expenses and attorney fees actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action. However, indemnification may not be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which the person has been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of the person’s duty to the corporation except to the extent that the court in which the action was brought

II-4

determines that in view of the circumstances, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for expenses.

      If the director is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action or proceeding he or she must be indemnified against expenses and attorney fees actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense. The corporation may pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition if the individual provides a written affirmation of a good faith belief that the standard of conduct described has been met, a written guarantee of repayment in the event of an adverse outcome, and a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this chapter. Insurance may be procured or maintained against liability on behalf of a director or any such person.

      By-laws. The by-laws of each of Can-Am Communications, Inc., Dycom Capital Management, Inc., Dycom Investments, Inc., Locating, Inc., Point to Point Communications, Inc. and Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc. provide that it shall indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation.

      The by-laws of Dycom Industries, Inc. provide that, except as prohibited under Florida law, it shall indemnify any person who was or is made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she was or is a director or officer of the corporation, or a director or officer of the corporation serving as a trustee or fiduciary of an employee benefit plan of the corporation, against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof. Dycom Industries, Inc. maintains insurance policies insuring its directors and officers against certain liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers.

      Limited Liability Company Agreements. The Limited Liability Company Agreement of each of Ansco & Associates, LLC; Apex Digital, LLC; C-2 Utility Contractors, LLC; Cablecom, LLC; Communications Construction Group, LLC; Dycom Identity, LLC; Ervin Cable Construction, LLC/ Globe Communications, LLC; Installation Technicians, LLC; Lambert’s Cable Splicing Company, LLC; Ivy H. Smith, LLC; Nichols Construction, LLC; Niels Fugal Sons Company, LLC; Precision Valley Communications of Vermont, LLC; RJE Telecom, LLC; Star Construction, LLC; Stevens Communications, LLC; S.T.S., LLC: TCS Communications, LLC; Tesinc, LLC; Underground Specialities, LLC; US Communications Contractors, LLC; UtiliQuest, LLC and White Mountain Cable Construction, LLC provide that it shall indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a member, director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a) Exhibits

      See the index to exhibits that appears immediately following the signature pages of this registration statement.

      (b) Financial Statement Schedule.

      All schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements of Dycom Industries, Inc. as of July 30, 2005 and July 31, 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended July 30, 2005 or the notes thereto included in this registration statement.

II-5

Item 22. Undertakings

      The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

      (a)(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

      (i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

      (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of the prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

      (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement.

         (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

         (4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

      (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

      (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

      (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrants or their securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

      (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

      (b) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the annual report of Dycom Industries, Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6

      (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      (d) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

      (e) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

      (f) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-7

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

DYCOM INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ H. Andrew DeFerrari H. Andrew DeFerrari		Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Thomas G. Baxter* Thomas G. Baxter		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Charles M. Brennan, III* Charles M. Brennan, III		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Charles B. Coe* Charles B. Coe		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Stephen C. Coley* Stephen C. Coley		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Joseph M. Schell* Joseph M. Schell		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Tony G. Werner* Tony G. Werner		Director	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-8

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

DYCOM INVESTMENTS, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-9

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

ANSCO & ASSOCIATES, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ George Summers* George Summers		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Michael S. Cassidy* Michael S. Cassidy		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-10

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

APEX DIGITAL, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Cameron West Cameron West		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Andrea White* Andrea White		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Gary E. Ervin* Gary E. Ervin		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-11

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

C-2 UTILITY CONTRACTORS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Curtis M. Saunders* Curtis M. Saunders		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Scott Savoian* Scott Savoian		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-12

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

CABLECOM, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ J. Michael Gepford* J. Michael Gepford		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Rebecca Barr* Rebecca Barr		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-13

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

CAN-AM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Randy Pierce* Randy Pierce		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Flora Jeng* Flora Jeng		Assistant Secretary & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-14

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

COMMUNICATIONS CONSTRUCTION GROUP, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ John E. Dowd* John E. Dowd		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Dennis O’Brien* Dennis O’Brien		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-15

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

DYCOM CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-16

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

DYCOM IDENTITY, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-17

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

ERVIN CABLE CONSTRUCTION, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Gary E. Ervin* Gary E. Ervin		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Charlie McElroy* Charlie McElroy		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-18

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

GLOBE COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Victor R. Lundy, III* Victor R. Lundy, III		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Donald B. Freudiger* Donald B. Freudiger		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-19

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

INSTALLATION TECHNICIANS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Robert Allen Stoutt, Jr.* Robert Allen Stoutt, Jr.		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-20

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

IVY H. SMITH COMPANY, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ George Summers* George Summers		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Michael S. Cassidy* Michael S. Cassidy		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-21

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

LAMBERTS CABLE SPLICING COMPANY, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Thomas L. Lambert* Thomas L. Lambert		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Bruce Shearin* Bruce Shearin		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-22

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

LOCATING, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Richard D. Welsh* Richard D. Welsh		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Fred Eberlein* Fred Eberlein		Vice President & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-23

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

NICHOLS CONSTRUCTION, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Jack A. Nichols* Jack A. Nichols		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-24

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

NIELS FUGAL SONS COMPANY, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Guy L. Fugal* Guy L. Fugal		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Dennis K. Smith, Jr.* Dennis K. Smith, Jr.		Assistant Treasurer & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-25

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

POINT TO POINT COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ William J. Ptak* William J. Ptak		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven A. Maraist* Steven A. Maraist		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-26

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

PRECISION VALLEY COMMUNICATIONS OF VERMONT, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ William Baughman* William Baughman		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Joseph Miller* Joseph Miller		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-27

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

PRINCE TELECOM HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title:  Vice President

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Steven E. Nielsen, Richard L. Dunn, and Richard B. Vilsoet such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or to any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Greg Driscoll Greg Driscoll	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Theodore Heininger Theodore Heininger	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Jeff Drzymala Jeff Drzymala	Director of Finance (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen Steven E. Nielsen	Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn Richard L. Dunn	Director	February 10, 2006

II-28

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

RJE TELECOM, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Robert J. Ennis* Robert J. Ennis		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Patricia Drivick* Patricia Drivick		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-29

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

SCHENCK COMMUNICATIONS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By its General Partner

Can-Am Communications, Inc.

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ J. Michael Gepford* J. Michael Gepford		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Rebecca Barr* Rebecca Barr		Assistant Secretary & Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director of Can-Am Communications, Inc.	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) and Director of Can-Am Communications, Inc.	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-30

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

STAR CONSTRUCTION, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Robert Allen Stoutt, Jr.* Robert Allen Stoutt, Jr.		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-31

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

STEVENS COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Richard D. Stevens* Richard D. Stevens		President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Janie Hewinson* Janie Hewinson		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-32

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

S.T.S., LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Jamal Masumi* Jamal Masumi		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Michael J. Lenig* Michael J. Lenig		Assistant Treasurer and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-33

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

TCS COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Bobby Payne* Bobby Payne		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Leonard I. Obolsky Leonard I. Obolsky		Vice President of Operations (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-34

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

TESINC, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ William J. Ptak* William J. Ptak		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Mary A. Cotton* Mary A. Cotton		Assistant Secretary and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-35

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

UNDERGROUND SPECIALTIES, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Curtis M. Saunders* Curtis M. Saunders		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Jerry Lyon* Jerry Lyon		Assistant Treasurer and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-36

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

US COMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTORS, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Mike Rakoz* Mike Rakoz		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Lezlie Hagg* Lezlie Hagg		Assistant Secretary and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-37

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

UTILIQUEST, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Jamal Masumi* Jamal Masumi		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Michael J. Lenig* Michael J. Lenig		Assistant Treasurer and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-38

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach Gardens, State of Florida, on February 10, 2006.

WHITE MOUNTAIN CABLE CONSTRUCTION, LLC

By:  /s/ Steven E. Nielsen*

Name:        Steven E. Nielsen

Title: Vice President

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
/s/ Dan Appelquist* Dan Appelquist		President (Principal Executive Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Ginger Hobart* Ginger Hobart		Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 10, 2006
/s/ Steven E. Nielsen* Steven E. Nielsen		Director	February 10, 2006
/s/ Richard L. Dunn* Richard L. Dunn		Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	February 10, 2006
*By:	/s/ Richard B. Vilsoet Richard B. Vilsoet Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-39

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibits
	3	.1	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Dycom Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-10613) filed with the Commission on June 11, 2002).
	3	.2	Amended By-laws of Dycom Industries, Inc., as amended on May 24, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-81268), filed with the Commission on January 23, 2002).
	3	.3	Form of Certificate of Formation for Guarantors organized in the State of Delaware.**†
	3	.4	Form of Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement for the Guarantors Organized in the State of Delaware.**†
	3	.5	Certificate of Incorporation of Can-Am Communications, Inc.**
	3	.6	By-laws of Can-Am Communications, Inc.**
	3	.7	Certificate of Incorporation of Dycom Capital Management, Inc.**
	3	.8	By-laws of Dycom Capital Management, Inc.**
	3	.9	Certificate of Incorporation of Dycom Investments, Inc.**
	3	.10	By-laws of Dycom Investments, Inc.**
	3	.11	Articles of Organization of Globe Communications, LLC.**
	3	.12	Operating Agreement of Globe Communications, LLC.**
	3	.13	Articles of Organization of Installation Technicians, LLC.**
	3	.14	Operating Agreement of Limited Liability Company of Installation Technicians, LLC.**
	3	.15	Articles of Incorporation of Locating, Inc.**
	3	.16	By-laws of Locating, Inc.**
	3	.17	Articles of Incorporation of Point to Point Communications, Inc.**
	3	.18	By-laws of Point to Point Communications, Inc.**
	3	.19	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Schenck Communications Limited Partnership.**
	3	.20	Agreement of Limited Partnership of Schenck Communications Limited Partnership.**
	3	.21	Articles of Organization of S.T.S., LLC.**
	3	.22	Operating Agreement of Limited Liability Company of S.T.S., LLC.**
	3	.23	Articles of Organization of UtiliQuest, LLC.**
	3	.24	Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of UtiliQuest, LLC.**
	3	.25	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc.*
	3	.26	By-laws of Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc.*
	4	.1	Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated April 4, 2001, between the Company and the Rights Agent (which includes the Form of Rights Certificate, as Exhibit A, the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B, and the Form of Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation for Series A Preferred Stock, as Exhibit C) (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-A (File No. 001-10613) filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001).
	4	.2	Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2002, among Dycom, Troy Acquisition Corp., Arguss Communications, Inc. and certain stockholders of Arguss Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-81268), filed with the Commission on January 23, 2002).
	4	.3	Indenture dated as of October 11, 2005, by and among Dycom Investments, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee, related to the issue of the 81/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-10613) filed with the Commission on October 25, 2005).
	4	.4	Form of 81/8% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 (included in Exhibit 4.3) (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-10613) filed with the Commission on October 25 2005).

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibits
	4	.5	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 11, 2005 by and among Dycom Investments, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs & Co., and the Initial Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 25, 2005, File No. 001-10613).
	5	.1	Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP regarding legality.**
	10	.1	Credit Agreement dated December 21, 2004 (the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Dycom Industries, Inc. and the Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2004, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.2	First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2005, with certain lenders named therein, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and the other lender party thereto (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 13, 2005, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.3	1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on September 30, 1999, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.4	1991 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on November 5, 1991, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.5	Employment Agreement for Richard L. Dunn (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s 10-Q filed with the Commission on June 9, 2000, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.6	Employment Agreement for Timothy R. Estes (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on October 18, 2002, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.7	2002 Directors Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the Commission on October 22, 2002, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.8	Amendment to the Employment Agreement between Richard L. Dunn and Dycom Industries, Inc. effective as of January 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on March 11, 2003, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.9	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Steven E. Nielsen and Dycom Industries, Inc. dated as of November 25, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on December 5, 2003, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.10	Agreement and Plan of Merger among Dycom Industries, Inc., UtiliQuest Acquisition Corp., UtiliQuest Holdings Corp., and OCM/ GFI Power Opportunities Fund, L.P. dated as of November 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on December 5, 2003, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.11	2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the Commission on October 30, 2003, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.12	Restricted Stock Agreement between Steven E. Nielsen and Dycom Industries, Inc. dated as of November 25, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s 10-Q filed with the Commission on March 9, 2004, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.13	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Timothy R. Estes and Dycom Industries Inc. dated as of November 4, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K filed with the commission on November 10, 2004, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.14	Restricted Stock Agreement between Timothy R. Estes and Dycom Industries Inc. dated as of November 23, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q filed with the commission on March 10, 2005, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.15	Restricted Stock Agreement between Timothy R. Estes and Dycom Industries Inc. dated as of January 5, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-Q filed with the commission on March 10, 2005, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.16	Employment Agreement for Richard B. Vilsoet (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on September 9, 2005, File No. 001-10613).
	10	.17	Employment Agreement between H. Andrew DeFerrari and Dycom Industries, Inc. dated July 14, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Dycom’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 24, 2006, File No. 001-10613).

Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibits
	12	.1	Statement re Computation of Ratios.**
	23	.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*
	23	.2	Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
	24	.1	Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).***
	25	.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee.**
	99	.1	Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.**
	99	.2	Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
	99	.3	Form of Letter to Clients.*

     *  Filed herewith.

  **  Previously filed.

***  Previously filed, except for Powers of Attorney for Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc.

     †  Where a jurisdiction is specified for a form of organizational or governing document, such form is the document that is used, in substantially similar form, by each of the Guarantors of corresponding entity type that is organized in that jurisdiction, except with respect to any Guarantor for which that Guarantor’s actual organizational governing documents are filed herewith.

EX-3.25

Exhibit 3.19

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PRINCE TELECOM HOLDINGS, INC.

     PRINCE TELECOM HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

     1. The name of the Corporation is Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 4, 1999 (the “Certificate”). The Certificate was amended upon the filing of the Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock on December 15, 2000 and upon the filing of the Certificate of Amendment on May 18, 2001.

     2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and having been adopted in accordance therewith, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate. The amendments contained herein have been duly adopted by written consent of the holders of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     3. The text of the Certificate, together with all subsequent amendments, is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Prince Telecom Holdings, Inc.

     SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, in the county of New Castle, in the State of Delaware. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful actor activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     FOURTH: The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 350,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, and 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the authority to the fullest extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware to adopt by resolution from time to time one or more Certificates of Designation providing for the designation of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and the voting powers, whether full or limited or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such class or series, subject to any requirements of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation with respect to each such class or series shall include the right to determine and fix the following preferences and powers, which may vary as between different classes or series of Preferred Stock:

          (a) the rate at which dividends on the shares of such class or series shall be declared and paid, or set aside for payment, whether dividends at the rate so determined shall be cumulative or accruing, and whether the shares of such cuss or series shall be entitled to any participating other dividends in addition to dividends at the rate so determined, and if so, on what terms;

          (b) the right or obligation, if any, of the corporation to redeem shares of the particular class or series of Preferred Stock and, if redeemable, the price, terms and manner of such redemption;

          (c) the obligation, if any, of the corporation to retire, redeem or purchase shares of such class or series pursuant to a sinking fund or fund of a similar nature or otherwise, and the terms and conditions of such obligation;

          (d) the special and relative rights and preferences, if any, and the amount or amounts per share, which the shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation;

          (e) the terms and conditions, if any, upon which shares of such class or series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of capital stock of any other class or series, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terns of adjustment, if any;

          (f) voting rights, if any, including special voting rights with respect to the election of directors and matters adversely affecting any class or series of Preferred Stock and including voting rights that may be pari passu with or superior to the Common Stock and/or any other class or series of Preferred Stock;

          (g) limitations, if any, on the issuance of additional shares of such class or series or any shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock; and

          (h) such other preferences, powers, qualifications, special or relative rights and privileges thereof as the Board of Directors of the corporation, by the vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office acting in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any Preferred Stock, may deem advisable and are not Inconsistent with law, the provisions this Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation or the provisions of any such Certificate of Designation.

     FIFTH: The Following is a statement of the designations and powers, preferences and tights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions in respect of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock. References in this Article FIFTH to Section numbers and defined terms shall be deemed to refer to Sections and defined terms contained within Article FIFTH.

     1. Designation of the Series; Rank. A total of 17,779 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Stock.” The Series A Preferred Stock shall have $0.001 par value per share and the issuance price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $225 per share (the “Series A Original Purchase Price”). The “Series A Original Issue Date” of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be the date that the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued. The number of shares that may be issued may be decreased, at any time and from time to time, by resolution of the Board; provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of such shares then outstanding. The Series A Preferred Stock shall tank senior to the Common Stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) and any other capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As used herein, the term “Preferred Stock” used’ without reference to the Series A Preferred Stock means the shares of Preferred Stock, without distinction as to series.

     2. Dividend Rights.

          (a) Separate Right of Series A Preferred Stock. In preference to the holders of any other stock of the Corporation except the Series B Preferred Stock (“Junior Stock”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of assets legally available therefor, payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, shall be non-cumulative and shall accrue each year at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Purchase Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares).

2

          (b) Restriction on Distributions. Except as otherwise permitted by this Certificate of Designation, so long as arty shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any Junior Stock.

     3. Voting Rights.

          The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

     4. Liquidation Rights.

          (a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Stock, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the Series A Original Purchase Price, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 4, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled if such amounts has been paid in full.

          (b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 4(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock.

          (c) The following events shall be considered a liquidation under this Section unless the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock elect otherwise:

               (i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other company or other entity or person, any sale or exchange of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation (in any transaction or series of related transactions) or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of — tine Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, exchange or reorganization, own less than fifty percent (50%) of the surviving company’s voting power (an “Acquisition”); or

               (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (an “Asset Transfer”).

               (iii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by this Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

                    (A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below.

                         (1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

3

                         (2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

                         (3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

                    (B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

     5. Conversion Rights.

          The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following rights and shall be subject to the following obligations with respect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (the “Series A Conversion Rights”):

          (a) Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, upon approval in writing by a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series A Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted.

          (b) Series A Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Series A Original Purchase Price of the Series A Preferred. Stock by the applicable “Series A Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

          (c) Series A Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be S70 per share (the `series A Preferred Conversion Price”). Such initial Series A Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with &is Section 5; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Series A Preferred Conversion Price shall not be adjusted in connection with the issuance by the Corporation of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock to any employee of the Corporation pursuant to any stock option, stock option plan or other stock compensation arrangement adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors. All references to the Series A Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series A Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

          (d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each bolder of Series A Preferred Stock who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the. certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such bolder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion) the value of any factional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

4

          (e) Adjustment for Subdivisions and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series A Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased Conversely, if the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Series A Preferred Stock the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(d) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

          (f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series A Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business an such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

          (g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series A Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4(c)) or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5, in any such event each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

          (h) Reorganizations, Mergers or Consolidations. If at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series A Original issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock or the merger or consolidation of tae Corporation with or into another company or another entity or person (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4(c)) or a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5, as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof, In any such case, appropriate adjustment

5

shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

          (i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series A Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, if the Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series A Preferred Stock at the bolder” s address as shown in the Corporation’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

          (j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4(c)) or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other Corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4(c)), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days prior to the record date specified therein (or such shorter period approved by a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

          (k) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series A Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. It’ after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to M e product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

          (1) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

          (m) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when

6

sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

          (n) Payment of Taxes. The Corporation will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

          (o) No Dilution or Impairment. Without the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Corporation shall not amend its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to alter the designation, preferences and rights of Series A Preferred Stock, but shall at an times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation (a) will not increase the par value of any shares of stock receivable on the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock above the amount payable therefor on such conversion, and (b) will take such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of stock on the conversion of all Series A Preferred Stock from time to time outstanding.

     6. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

     SIXTH: The Following is a statement of the designations and powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions in respect of the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock. References in this Article SIXTH to Section numbers and defined terms shall be deemed to refer to Sections and defined terms contained within Article SIXTH.

     1. Designation of the Series; Rank. A total of 35,000 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated as “Series B Preferred Stock” The Series B Preferred Stock shall have $0.001 par value per share and the issuance price of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $70 per share (the “Series B Original Purchase Price”). The “Series B Original Issue Date” of the Series B Preferred S lock shall be the date that the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued. The number of shares that may be issued may be decreased, at any time and from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of such shares then outstanding. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Common Stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) and the Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and any other capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As used heroin, the term “Preferred Stock” is used without reference to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, and means the shares of Preferred Stock, without distinction as to series.

     2. Dividend Rights.

          (a) Annual Stock Dividends. In preference to the holders of any other stock of the Corporation (“Junior Stock”), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative dividends payable by issuing additionally fully paid and non-assemble shares of Series B Preferred Stock (or fractions thereof) at an annual rate of .08 of a share of Series B Preferred Stock on each share of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). In the case of shares of Series B

7

Preferred Stock outstanding for less than a full year, dividends shall be prorated based on the portion of each year during which such shares are outstanding. All dividends shall compound annually (regardless of whether dividends are actually declared or issued) from the date such Series B Preferred Stock is originally issued. Dividends shall be payable beginning on the first anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date and on each anniversary of such issuance thereafter to holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock at the close of business on the date specified by the Board of Directors at the time such dividend is declared. The Corporation shall at all times keep and reserve available out if its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as shall be from time to time sufficient to effect the foregoing.

          (b) Restriction on Distributions. Except as otherwise permitted by this Certificate of Designation, so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any Junior Stock.

     3. Voting Rights.

          The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

     4. Liquidation Rights.

          (a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Stock, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation, an amount equal to (i) the product of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder and the Series B Original Purchase Price, plus (ii) the product of the prorated number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock due such holder as accrued and unpaid dividends and the Series B Original Purchase Price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares). 1f, upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 4, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled if such amounts has been paid in full.

          (b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 4(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of the Common Stock.

          (c) The following events shall be considered a liquidation under this Section unless the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock elect otherwise:

               (i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other company or other entity or person, any sale or exchange of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation (in any transaction or series of related transactions) or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, exchange or reorganization, own less than fifty percent (50%) of the surviving company’s voting power (an “Acquisition”); or

               (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (an “Asset Transfer”).

8

               (iii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by this Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

                    (A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

                         (1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

                         (2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of The closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

                         (3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereon as determined by the Board of Directors.

                    (B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

     5. Conversion Rights.

          The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following rights and shall be subject to the following obligations with respect to the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (the “Series B Conversion Rights”);

          (a) Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, at any time after June l, 2003, upon approval in writing by a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series B Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock being converted.

          (b) Series B Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Series B Original Purchase Price of the Series B Preferred Stock by the applicable “Series B Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

          (c) Series B Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be the applicable Series B Original Purchase Price of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Conversion Price”). Snob initial Series B Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Series B Preferred Conversion Price shall not be adjusted in connection with the issuance by the Corporation of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock to any employee of the Corporation pursuant to any stock option, stock option

9

plan or other stock compensation arrangement adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors. All references to the Series B Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series B Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

          (d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series B Preferred Stock who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series B Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

          (e) Adjustment far Subdivisions and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Series B Preferred Stock, the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Series B Preferred Stock the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(d) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

          (f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series B Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution

          (g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the applicable Series B Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class at classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4(c)) or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5, in any such event each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert

10

such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

          (h) Reorganizations, Mergers or Consolidations. If at any tithe or from time to time after the applicable Series B Original Issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock or the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another company or another entity or person (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4(c)) or a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5, as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation to which a bolder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series B Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

          (i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, if the Series B Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series B Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Corporation’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

          (j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4(c)) or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other Corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4(c)), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days prior to the record date specified therein (or such shorter period approved by a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

          (k) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof)

11

issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series B Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

          (1) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

          (m) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

          (n) Payment of Taxes. The Corporation will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

          (o) No Motion or Impairment. Without the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Corporation shall not amend its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to alter the designation, preferences and rights of Series B Preferred Stock, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation (a) will not increase the par value of any shares of stock receivable on the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock above the amount payable therefor on such conversion, and (b) will take such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of stock on the conversion of all Series B Preferred Stock from time to time outstanding.

     6. Optional Redemption.

          (a) The Corporation may, at its option at any time or from time to time, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 15, 2000, by and between the Corporation, Prince Cable, Inc., Prince Telecom, Inc., American Cable Services, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as amended from time to time, redeem any or all shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a redemption price (the “Series B Redemption Price”), payable in cash, equal to (i) the product of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock being redeemed and the Series B Original Purchase Price (as adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to the capital stock of the Corporation), plus (ii) the product of the

12

number of all accrued and unpaid stock dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock being redeemed and the Series B Original Purchase Price; provided, however, that upon receipt of any Redemption Demand (as defined below) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock may elect to convert their shares of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 5 of this Article SIXTH prior to the Redemption Date (as defined below) provided in such Redemption Demand.

          (b) To effect a redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 6(a), the Company shall make a written demand for such redemption (“Redemption Demand”) upon each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock being redeemed setting forth therein (i) the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder and the certificate or certificates representing such shares, (ii) the date of such redemption, which shall be not fewer than fourteen (14) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of such Redemption Demand (the “Redemption Date”); (iii) the Series B Redemption Price; (iv) the aggregate amount to be paid to such holder in respect of the shares to be redeemed from such bolder on the Redemption Date; and (v) whether the certificate or certificates to be surrendered are required to be endorsed for transfer or accompanied by a duly executed stock power or other appropriate instrument of assignment and, if so, the form of such endorsement or power or other instrument of assignment. The Redemption Demand shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each such holder at such holder’s address as it appears on the records of the stock transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock, if any, or, if none, on the records of the Corporation not fewer than fourteen (14) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date.

          (c) On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed pursuant to the Redemption Demand shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by a duly executed stock power or other instrument of assignment, if the Redemption Demand so provides, to the Corporation at its principal executive offices. Provided that such holder shall have so surrendered such certificate or certificates, on the Redemption Date, such bolder shall become entitled to payment of the Series B Redemption Price for such shares, as applicable, which payment shall be paid on the Redemption Date. In the event that the Corporation redeems some but not all of the Series B Preferred Stock, then he Corporation, at the time it pays the Series B Redemption Price, shall deliver certificates to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock representing the shares of Series B Preferred Stock not redeemed by the Corporation.

          (d) The redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be effective as of the opening of business on the Redemption Date, notwithstanding the failure of the holder thereof to surrender any certificate or certificates representing such shares on or prior to such date, after which time, (i) such shares .shall not be deemed to be outstanding and shall not be transferable on the books of the Corporation or the stock transfer agent, if any, for the Series B Preferred Stock, and (ii) each holder of such shares, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions, to receive notices or to vote such shares or to exercise or to enjoy any other powers, preferences or rights in respect thereof, other than the right to receive the Series B Redemption Price for such shares, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares in accordance with the Redemption Demand:

          (e) On the Redemption Date, any shares of Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed by the Corporation shall be retired and canceled and shall not be reissued.

     7. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

13

     SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

     EIGHTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power, in addition to the stockholders of the Corporation, to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

     NINTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. All references in this paragraph to a director shall also be deemed to refer to such other person or persons, if any, who, pursuant to any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with subsection (a) of Section 141 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, exercise or perform any of the powers or duties otherwise conferred or imposed upon the Board of Directors by Title 8 of the Delaware Code.

     TENTH The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders arc granted subject to this reservation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed as of the 18th day of April, 2002.

PRINCE TELECOM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ John Kunn
	Name:	John Kunn
	Title:	President

14

EX-3.26

Exhibit 3.20

BYLAWS

OF

PRINCE TELECOM HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE I

Offices and Fiscal Year

     SECTION 1.01. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware until otherwise established by resolution of the board of directors, and a certificate certifying the change is filed in the manner provided by statute.

     SECTION 1.02. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation requires.

     SECTION 1.03. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the 31st of December in each year.

ARTICLE II
Notice — Waivers — Meetings

     SECTION 2.01. Notice. What Constitutes. Whenever, under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“GCL”) or the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail or by telegram (with messenger service specified), telex or TWX (with answerback received) or courier service, charges prepaid, or by facsimile transmission to the address (or to the telex, TWX, facsimile or telephone number) of the person appearing on the books of the corporation, or in the case of directors, supplied to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail, telegraph or courier service, it shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office or courier service for delivery to that person or, in the case of telex or TWX, when dispatched, or in the case of facsimile transmission, when received.

     SECTION 2.02. Notice of Meetings of Board of Directors. Notice of a regular meeting of the board of directors need not be given. Notice of every special meeting of the board of directors shall be given to each director by telephone or in writing at least 24 hours (in the case of notice by telephone, telex, TWX or facsimile transmission) or 48 hours (in the case of notice by telegraph, courier service or express mail) or five days (in the case of notice by first class mail) before the time at which the meeting is to be held. Every such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board need be specified in a notice of the meeting.

     SECTION 2.03. Notice of Meetings of Stockholders. Written notice of the place, date and hour of every meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. Every notice of a special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes thereof. If the notice is sent by mail, it shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the address of the stockholder as it appears on the records of the corporation.

     SECTION 2.04. Waivers of Notice.

     (a) Written Waiver. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the GCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice of such meeting.

     (b) Waiver by Attendance. Attendance of a person at a meeting, either in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

     SECTION 2.05. Exception to Requirements of Notice.

     (a) General Rule. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the GCL or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.

     (b) Stockholders Without Forwarding Addresses. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the GCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12 month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth the person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated.

     SECTION 2.06. Conference Telephone Meetings. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the board, or of a committee of the board, by means of conference telephone or

2

similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE III
Meetings of Stockholders

     SECTION 3.01. Place of Meeting. All meetings of the stockholders of the corporation shall be held at the registered office of the corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated by the board of directors in the notice of such meeting.

     SECTION 3.02. Annual Meeting. The board of directors may fix and designate the date and time of the annual meeting of the stockholders, but if no such date and time is fixed and designated by the board, the meeting for any calendar year shall be held on the first day of December in such year, if not a legal holiday under the laws of Delaware, and, if a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day, not a Saturday, at 10:00 o’clock A.M., and at said meeting the stockholders then entitled to vote shall elect directors and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

     SECTION 3.03. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, a majority of the board of directors, the president, or at the request, in writing, of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that all stockholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting. At any time, upon the written request of any person or persons who have duly called a special meeting, which written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting, it shall be the duty of the secretary to fix the date of the meeting which shall be held at such date and time as the secretary may fix, not less than ten nor more than 60 days after the receipt of the request, and to give due notice thereof If the secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

     SECTION 3.04. Quorum, Manner of Acting and Adjournment.

     (a) Quorum. The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders except as otherwise provided by the GCL, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws. If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

     (b) Manner of Acting. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. In all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of

3

shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the applicable statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the question. The stockholders present in person or by proxy at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

     SECTION 3.05. Organization. At every meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the board, if there be one, or in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, one of the following persons present in the order stated: the vice chairman, if one has been appointed, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank or seniority, a chairman designated by the board of directors or a chairman chosen by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders present in person or by proxy are entitled to cast, shall act as chairman, and the secretary, or, in the absence of the secretary, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of the secretary and the assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary.

     SECTION 3.06. Voting.

     (a) General Rule. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

     (b) Voting and Other Action by Proxy.-

          (1) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy. Such execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or the authorized officer, director, employee or agent of the stockholder signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission if such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

          (2) No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

          (3) A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only so long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

4

     SECTION 3.07. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required in this section to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

     SECTION 3.08. Voting Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting. The list shall be arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

     SECTION 3.09. Inspectors of Election.

     (a) Appointment. All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation; the vote upon any other matter need not be by ballot. In advance of any meeting of stockholders the board of directors may appoint inspectors, who need not be stockholders, to act at the meeting. If inspectors are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the demand of any stockholder or his proxy at the meeting and before voting begins shall, appoint inspectors. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three, as determined, in the case of judges appointed upon demand of a stockholder, by stockholders present entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders present are entitled to cast thereon. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case any person appointed as an inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the board of directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.

5

     (b) Duties. If inspectors are appointed, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes or ballots, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes, shall determine the result, and shall do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. If there be three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

     (c) Report. On request of the chairman of the meeting or of any stockholder or his proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

ARTICLE IV
Board of Directors

     SECTION 4.01. Powers. All powers vested by law in the corporation shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the board of directors.

     SECTION 4.02. Number and Term of Office. The board of directors shall consist of such number of directors, not less than one nor more than seven, as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Each director shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she was selected and until a successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of Delaware or stockholders of the corporation.

     SECTION 4.03. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having a right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

     SECTION 4.04. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. The resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the corporation or at

6

such subsequent time as shall be specified in the notice of resignation and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 4.05. Removal. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders are entitled to cast at an election of directors.

     SECTION 4.06. Organization. At every meeting of the board of directors, the chairman of the board, if there be one, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, one of the following officers present in the order stated: the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or a chairman chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside, and the secretary, or, in the absence of the secretary, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of the secretary and the assistant secretaries, any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary.

     SECTION 4.07. Place of Meeting. Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine, or as may be designated in the notice of the meeting.

     SECTION 4.08. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held without notice at such time and place as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the board of directors.

     SECTION 4.09. Special Meetings.—Special meetings of the board of directors shall be held whenever called by the president or by two or more of the directors.

     SECTION 4.10. Quorum. Manner of Acting and Adjournment.

     (a) General Rule. At all meetings of the board one-third of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that if the total number of directors is less than four, then two-thirds of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the GCL or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

     (b) Unanimous Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board.

     SECTION 4.11. Executive and Other Committees.

     (a) Establishment. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, establish an Executive Committee and one or more other committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any

7

meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee and the alternate or alternates, if any, designated for such member, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

     (b) Powers. The Executive Committee, if established, and any such other committee to the extent provided in the resolution establishing such committee shall have and may exercise all the power and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151 (a) of the GCL, fix the designation and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the GCL, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation. The Executive Committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the GCL. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee so formed shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

     (c) Committee Procedures. The term “board of directors” or “board,” when used in any provision of these bylaws relating to the organization or procedures of or the manner of taking action by the board of directors, shall be construed to include and refer to the Executive Committee or other committee of the board.

     SECTION 4.12. Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

ARTICLE V
Officers

     SECTION 5.01. Number. Qualifications and Designation. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers as may be elected in accordance with the provisions of section 5.03 of this Article. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Officers may, but need not, be directors or stockholders of the corporation. The board of directors may elect from among the members of the board a chairman of the board and a vice chairman of the board who shall be officers of the corporation. The chairman of the board or the president, as

8

designated from time to time by the board of directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation.

     SECTION 5.02. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation, except those elected by delegated authority pursuant to section 5.03 of this Article, shall be elected annually by the board of directors, and each such officer shall hold office for a term of one year and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

     SECTION 5.03. Subordinate Officers. Committees and Agents. The board of directors may from time to time elect such other officers and appoint such committees, employees or other agents as it deems necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws, or as the board of directors may from time to time determine. The board of directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to elect subordinate officers and to retain or appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

     SECTION 5.04. The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board, if there be one, or in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the board of directors.

     SECTION 5.05. The President. The president shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the corporation, subject, however, to the control of the board of directors. The president shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of president, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the board of directors and, if the chairman of the board is the chief executive officer, the chairman of the board.

     SECTION 5.06. The Vice Presidents. The vice presidents shall perform the duties of the president in the absence of the president and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the board of directors or by the president.

     SECTION 5.07. The Secretary. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors and shall record the proceedings of the stockholders and of the directors and of committees of the board in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; shall see that notices are given and records and reports properly kept and filed by the corporation as required by law; shall be the custodian of the seal of the corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the corporation under its seal; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary, and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the board of directors or the president.

     SECTION 5.08. The Treasurer. The treasurer, or an assistant treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds or other property of the corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection and receipt of moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the corporation; shall deposit all funds in his or her custody as treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as the board of directors may from time to time designate; whenever so required

9

by the board of directors, shall render an account showing his or her transactions as treasurer and the financial condition of the corporation; and, in general, shall discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the board of directors or the president.

     SECTION 5.09. Officers’ Bonds. No officer of the corporation need provide a bond to guarantee the faithful discharge of the officer’s duties unless the board of directors shall by resolution so require a bond in which event such officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed if and as required) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of office.

     SECTION 5.10. Salaries. The salaries of the officers and agents of the corporation elected by the board of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI
Certificates of Stock, Transfer, Etc.

     SECTION 6.01. Form and Issuance.

     (a) Issuance. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates unless the board of directors shall by resolution provide that some or all of any class or series of stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until the certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of any resolution providing for uncertificated shares, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.

     (b) Form and Records. Stock certificates of the corporation shall be in such form as approved by the board of directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the secretary or by any agency designated by the board of directors for that purpose. The stock certificates of the corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books of the corporation as they are issued.

     (c) Signatures. Any of or all the signatures upon the stock certificates of the corporation may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar, before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if the signatory were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

     SECTION 6.02. Transfer. Transfers of shares shall be made on the share register or transfer books of the corporation upon surrender of the certificate therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by an attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which would be inconsistent with the provisions of Article 8, Title 6 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code-Investment Securities.

     SECTION 6.03. Lost. Stolen. Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or

10

certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the legal representative of the owner, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

     SECTION 6.04. Record Holder of Shares. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

     SECTION 6.05. Determination of Stockholders of Record.

     (a) Meetings of Stockholders. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting.

     If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     (b) Consent of Stockholders. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by the GCL, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by the GCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

11

     (c) Dividends. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VII
Indemnification of Directors, Officers and
Other Authorized Representatives

     SECTION 7.01. Indemnification of Authorized Representatives in Third Party Proceedings. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, and who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any third party proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the authorized representative did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

     SECTION 7.02. Indemnification of Authorized Representatives in Corporate Proceedings. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is an authorized representative of the corporation and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any corporate proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such corporate proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such authorized representative is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     SECTION 7.03. Mandatory Indemnification of Authorized Representatives. To the extent that an authorized representative or other employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or corporate proceeding or in

12

defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

     SECTION 7.04. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under section 7.01, 7.02 or 7.03 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative or other employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in section 7.01 or 7.02 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in section 7.03 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:

          (1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or

          (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

          (3) by the stockholders.

     SECTION 7.05. Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or corporate proceeding shall be paid on behalf of an authorized representative by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the authorized representative is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article. The financial ability of any authorized representative to make a repayment contemplated by this section shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance. Expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

     SECTION 7.06. Definitions. For purposes of this Article:

          (1) “authorized representative” shall mean any and all directors and officers of the corporation and any person designated as an authorized representative by the board of directors of the corporation (which may, but need not, include any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise);

          (2) “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued;

13

          (3) “corporate proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or investigative proceeding by the corporation;

          (4) “criminal third party proceeding” shall include any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding;

          (5) “expenses” shall include attorneys’ fees and disbursements;

          (6) “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan;

          (7) “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” shall include actions taken in good faith and in a manner the authorized representative reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan;

          (8) “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans;

          (9) “party” shall include the giving of testimony or similar involvement;

          (10) “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer or employee of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and

          (11) “third party proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation.

     SECTION 7.07. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

     SECTION 7.08. Scope of Article. The indemnification of authorized representatives and advancement of expenses, as authorized by the preceding provisions of this Article, shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

14

     SECTION 7.09. Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the corporation shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon rights of indemnification provided by this Article.

ARTICLE VIII
General Provisions

     SECTION 8.01. Dividends. Subject to the restrictions contained in the GCL and any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, the board of directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the corporation.

     SECTION 8.02. Cont acts. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers including the chairman and vice chairman of the board of directors, or any agent or agents, to enter into any contract or to execute or deliver any instrument on behalf of the corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 8.03. Corporate Seal. The corporation shall have a corporate seal, which shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

     SECTION 8.04. Deposits. All funds of the corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the board of directors may approve or designate, and all such funds shall be withdrawn only upon checks signed by such one or more officers or employees as the board of directors shall from time to time determine.

     SECTION 8.05. Corporate Records.

          (a) Examination by Stockholders. Every stockholder shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have a right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business, for any proper purpose, the stock ledger, list of stockholders, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the stockholders and directors of the corporation, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business. Where the stockholder seeks to inspect the books and records of the corporation, other than its stock ledger or list of stockholders, the stockholder shall first establish (1) that the stockholder has complied with the provisions of this section respecting the form and manner of making demand for inspection of such documents; and (2) that the inspection sought is for a proper purpose. Where the stockholder seeks to inspect the stock ledger or list of stockholders of the corporation and has complied with the provisions of this section respecting the form and

15

manner of making demand for inspection of such documents, the burden of proof shall be upon the corporation to establish that the inspection sought is for an improper purpose.

          (b) Examination by Directors. Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to the person’s position as a director.

     SECTION 8.06. Amendment of Bylaws. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted either (1) by vote of the stockholders at a duly organized annual or special meeting of stockholders, or (2) by vote of a majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of directors if such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation.

16

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-13019422 on Form S-4 of our report dated September 8, 2005, except for Note 21 to the financial statements, as to which the date is September 30, 2005, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Dycom Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the incorporation by reference in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-13019422 on Form S-4 of our report dated September 8, 2005, relating to management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dycom Industries, Inc. for the year ended July 30, 2005, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Fort Lauderdale, Florida
February 8, 2006

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

DYCOM INVESTMENTS, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

ISSUED ON OCTOBER 11, 2005 FOR

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                         , 2006 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). HOLDERS MUST TENDER THEIR NOTES PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE IN ORDER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

DELIVERY TO:

Wachovia Bank, N.A., Exchange Agent

BY HAND, MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER:

Wachovia Bank, N.A.

Customer Information Center

Attn. Corporate Actions, NC-1153

1525 West WT Harris Blvd-3C3

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

For Information Call:	BY FACSIMILE: (For eligible institutions only)	Confirm Receipt of Facsimile by Telephone:
(704) 590-7413	(704) 590-7628	(704) 590-7413

      DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

      HOLDERS WHO WISH TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE NEW NOTES FOR THEIR OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT WITHDRAW) THEIR OLD NOTES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      By execution hereof, the undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2006 (the “Prospectus”) of Dycom Investments, Inc. (the “Company”), which, together with this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto (the “Letter of Transmittal”), constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and guarantees thereof (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a registration statement

of which the Prospectus constitutes a part, for any and all of its outstanding 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and guarantees thereof (the “Old Notes”) which have not been registered under the Securities Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus. The New Notes will be exchanged for the Old Notes at the rate of $1,000 principal amount of New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes. Tenders of Old Notes must be made for a minimum of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

      This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders (as defined below) if: (i) certificates representing Old Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by Holders; or (ii) tender of the Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Procedure for Tendering” by any financial institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes (such participants, acting on behalf of Holders are referred to herein, together with such Holders, as “Acting Holders”). Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

      The term “Holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person: (i) in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Registrar; or (ii) whose Old Notes are held of record by DTC and who desires to deliver such Old Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC.

      The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer. HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES MUST COMPLETE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN ITS ENTIRETY.

      To effectively tender old notes that are held through DTC, DTC participants may, in lieu of physically completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, electronically transmit their acceptance through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), for which the Exchange Offer is eligible. DTC will then verify the acceptance and send an Agent’s Message (defined below) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. The Agent’s Message must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date in order to make a valid tender. Delivery of tendered Old Notes must be made to the account of the Exchange Agent at DTC pursuant to DTC’s procedures for transfer.

      The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC tendering Old Notes that are the subject of such book entry confirmation, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and that the issuer may enforce such agreement against such participant. Delivery of the Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the exchange offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message.

      All capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

      The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 8 herein.

2

      List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amounts on a separately executed schedule and affix the schedule to this Letter of Transmittal. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES
				Principal
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)	Certificate	Aggregate Principal		Amount of Old
(Please Fill in, if Blank)	Number(s)	Amount*		Note(s) Tendered**
			TOTAL

  *  Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**	Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Old Notes represented by the Old Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Old Notes tendered hereby must be made for a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 2.
o	CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution 

Account Number 

Transaction Code Number 

3

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Subject to the terms of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of Old Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company and as Trustee under the Indenture for the Old Notes and the New Notes) with respect to the tendered Old Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates for such Old Notes to the Company, or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by DTC together, in either such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company and (ii) present such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Registrar and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

      The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Company. The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder is acquiring the New Notes in its ordinary course of business and is not participating, has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, is not a broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act and is not an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

      The undersigned represents and warrants that:

      (a) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the New Notes, whether or not the person is the Holder,

      (b) neither the undersigned nor any other recipient of the New Notes (if different than the Holder) is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the Old Notes or New Notes,

      (c) neither the undersigned nor any other recipient is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act or, if the Holder or such recipient is an affiliate, that the Holder or such recipient represents and agrees that it may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

      (d) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Company or any “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act to distribute the New Notes,

      (e) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned further represents and warrants that, if it will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act (for which purposes, the delivery of the Prospectus, as the same may be hereafter supplemented or amended, shall be sufficient) in connection with any resale of New Notes received in the Exchange Offer, and

      (f) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

4

      By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

      The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby.

      For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when the Company has given oral or written notice (such notice, if given orally to be confirmed in writing) thereof to the Exchange Agent. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at a different address as may be indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions” promptly after the Expiration Date.

      All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation under this Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, personnel, representatives, successors and assigns.

      The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedure for Tendering” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

      All questions as to form, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding.

      Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions,” please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and return any Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in the case of Old Notes tendered through DTC, by credit to the account at DTC from which the Old Notes were tendered). In the event that both “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and return any Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged in the name(s) of, and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered.

5

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)

Signature(s) of Owner Date

Area Code and Telephone Number 

      This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the Holder(s) of Old Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Old Notes or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to so act. See Instruction 3 herein.

Name(s)

(Please Type or Print)

Capacity:

Address:

Taxpayer Identification No.:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 3) BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION:

(Authorized Signature)

(Title)

(Name and Firm)

DATED: ______________________________ , 2006

6

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

Issue: Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes to:

(Please Type or Print)

Names(s) and Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number(s):

(Please Type or Print)

(Please Type or Print)

Address:

(Zip)

o  Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below:

(Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number, if Applicable)

7

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3, 4 and 5)

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or persons at an address other than shown in the box entitled “Description of Old Notes” on this Letter above.

Mail: Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes to:

(Please Type or Print)

Names(s):

(Please Type or Print)

(Please Type or Print)

Address:

(Zip)

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

8

INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

      1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Old Notes. The certificates for the tendered Old Notes (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC of all Old Notes delivered electronically), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of the tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent to the Company.

      All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company’s acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders of Old Notes, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, promptly following the Expiration Date.

      2. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the chart entitled “Description of Old Notes.” The entire principal amount of Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes is not tendered, Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing New Notes issued in exchange for any Old Notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.

      3. Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

      If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered Holder(s) of Old Notes tendered and the certificate(s) for New Notes issued in exchange therefor is to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of Old Notes is to be reissued) to the registered Holder, such Holder need not and should not endorse any tendered Old Note, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such Holder must either properly endorse the Old Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a recognized member of the Medallion Signature Guarantee Program.

      If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any Old Notes listed, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers signed as the name of the registered Holder(s) appears on the Old Notes.

9

      If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

      Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a recognized member of the Medallion Signature Guarantee Program.

      Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) must be guaranteed by a recognized member of the Medallion Signature Guarantee Program unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder (including any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes) who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” or (ii) for the account of a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (each of the foregoing being referred to as an “Eligible Institution”).

      4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable spaces, the name and address to which New Notes or substitute certificates representing Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal (or in the case of tender of the Old Notes through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated.

      5. Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

      Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

      6. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of all Old Notes tendered.

      7. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes. Any tendering Holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated in this Letter of Transmittal for further instruction.

      8. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

      9. Withdrawal. Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders”.

10 EX-99.3 6 g98317a2exv99w3.htm LETTER TO CLIENTS

Exhibit 99.3

DYCOM INVESTMENTS, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

ISSUED ON OCTOBER 11, 2005 FOR

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

To Our Clients:

      Enclosed for your consideration are the Prospectus dated                     , 2006 (the “Prospectus”) and the related letter of transmittal and instructions thereto (the “Letter of Transmittal”) in connection with the offer by Dycom Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) its 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and guarantees thereof (the “New Notes”) which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for any and all outstanding 8¹/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (the “Old Notes”) which are not registered under the Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

      We are the holder (the “Holder”) of Old Notes held by us for your account. An exchange of the Old Notes can be made only by us as the Holder and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to exchange the Old Notes held by us for your account.

      We request information as to whether you wish us to exchange any or all of the Old Notes held by us for your account upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

      Your attention is directed to the following:

      (1) The New Notes will be exchanged for the Old Notes at the rate of $1,000 principal amount of New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes. Tender of Old Notes must be made for a minimum of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The New Notes will bear interest from October 11, 2005. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment in respect of interest on the Old Notes accrued from October 11, 2005 to the date of issuance of the New Notes. The form and terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will not have restrictions on transfer, and the New Notes will not bear additional interest.

      (2) Based on interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder is acquiring the New Notes in its ordinary course of business and is not participating, has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, is not a broker-dealer who purchased such Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act and is not an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Holders of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company that such conditions have been met.

      (3) The Exchange Offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of Old Notes being tendered.

      (4) Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided in the Prospectus and will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old Notes not accepted for exchange prior to such termination.

1

      (5) The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2006 unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). Tendered Old Notes may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

      (6) Any transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 5 of the Letter of Transmittal.

      If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Old Notes, please so instruct us by completing, detaching and returning to us the instruction form attached hereto. An envelope to return your instructions is enclosed. If you authorize a tender of your Old Notes, the entire principal amount of Old Notes held for your account will be tendered unless otherwise specified on the instruction form. Your instructions should be forwarded to us in ample time to permit us to submit a tender on your behalf by the Expiration Date.

      The Exchange Offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of the Old Notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction or would otherwise not be in compliance with any provision of any applicable securities law.

2

DYCOM INVESTMENTS, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

ISSUED ON OCTOBER 11, 2005 FOR

8¹/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

        The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, in connection with the offer by the Company to exchange the Old Notes for the New Notes.

      This will instruct you to tender the principal amount of Old Notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, and the undersigned hereby makes the applicable representations set forth in such Letter of Transmittal.

	SIGN HERE
Dated:
	Signature
	Signature

Principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered*:

$ 

(Must be in the principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.)

Name(s) (Please Print)

Address

Zip Code

Area Code and Telephone Number

*  Unless otherwise indicated, signature(s) hereon by beneficial owner(s) shall constitute an instruction to the nominee to tender all Old Notes of such beneficial owner(s).

3 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----

EX-99.3

Letter to Clients